WO2008108988A1 - Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections - Google Patents

Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008108988A1
WO2008108988A1 PCT/US2008/002712 US2008002712W WO2008108988A1 WO 2008108988 A1 WO2008108988 A1 WO 2008108988A1 US 2008002712 W US2008002712 W US 2008002712W WO 2008108988 A1 WO2008108988 A1 WO 2008108988A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
methyl
following
oxo
indol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/002712
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mikhail Fedorovich Gordeev
Zhengyu Yuan
Jinqian Liu
Original Assignee
Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to EP08726283A priority Critical patent/EP2134721A1/en
Priority to CA002679657A priority patent/CA2679657A1/en
Priority to JP2009551742A priority patent/JP2010520205A/en
Priority to CN200880014423A priority patent/CN101679454A/en
Publication of WO2008108988A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008108988A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D498/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00

Definitions

  • the present invention provides novel heterocyclic derivatives of oxazolidinones, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, methods for their use, and methods for preparing of the same. These compounds have potent activities against pathogenic bacterial species.
  • antibacterials due to an increasing antibiotic resistance, novel classes of antibacterial compounds with a new mode of action are acutely needed for the treatment of bacterial infections.
  • the antibacterials should possess useful levels of activity against certain human and veterinary pathogens, including gram-positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply- resistant staphylococci and streptococci, select anaerobes such as bacteroides and Clostridia species, and acid-fast microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium.
  • oxazolidinone compounds are the most recent synthetic class of antimicrobials active against a number of pathogenic microorganisms.
  • the present invention provides compounds with useful antibacterial activity, including activity against gram-positive microorganisms.
  • the present invention provides a compound of the following formula I:
  • X is N or CH
  • Y is C, CH, or N
  • R and R 3 are independently H or F
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH 3 , or OH;
  • R 7 is aryl, biaryl, Het 1 , Het 2 , 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group, such as selected from (un)substituted pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, tetrazole, pyridine, piperidine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl, piperazine, 1 ,4-dihydropyridone, 1,4- dihydrothiazine, azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azepine, dihydroazepine, perhydroazepine, 1 ,4-oxazepine, 1 ,4-oxazepine-2-one, l,3-oxazepine-2-one,
  • CONHR 8 N(Ci -5 alkyl)CHO, NCd.salky ⁇ CHet'O, or R 6 and R 7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle; or R 5 and R 7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle, such as selected from (un)substituted 1,3-benzoxazine, l,4-oxazine-3-one, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidine-2- one, oxazolidine-2-one, azepine, perhydroazepine, perhydroazepine-2-one, perhydro-l,4-oxazepine, perhydro-l,4-oxazepine-2-one, perhydro-l,4-oxazepine-3- one, perhydro-l,3-oxazepine-2-one; and wherein m, n, p, q, r and s are independently O, 1 , or 2;
  • the present invention provides a compound of the following formula I:
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently H or F; and R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH 3 , or OH; and R 7 is aryl, biaryl, Het 1 , Het 2 , or a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group, such as selected from (un)substituted pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4- triazole, tetrazole, pyridine, piperidine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl, piperazine, 1 ,4- dihydropyridone, 1 ,4-dihydrothiazine, azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azepine, dihydroazepine, perhydroazepine, 1 ,4-
  • R 7 is other than phenyl or substituted phenyl.
  • said substitution is any substitution apparent to those of skill in the art, for instance any radical other than hydrogen.
  • said substitution is any phenyl substitution described in U.S. Patent No. 5,231,188, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • R 1 is CH 2 NHCOR', wherein R' is selected from H, (optionally substituted with 1-3 Cl), CH 2 OH, CH 2 OCi-i 2 alkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted with 1-3 of groups OH, OMe, OEt, NO 2 , halo, COOH, SO 3 H, or NR"R'" (wherein R" and R'" are selected from H or Ci.i 2 alkyl)), furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-thiophene, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl; OC 1-12 alkyl, NH 2 , NHC, -12 alkyl, NHPh, COPh; and R 2 is H, R 3 is H, and R 4 is H, then R 7 is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with CN, -
  • substitution is any phenyl substitution described in U.S. Patent No. 5,231,188, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • R 7 is selected from biaryl, Het'-heteroaryl, Het 2 -heteroaryl, Het 1 , Het 2 , a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group, and phenyl substituted with CH 2 NHR 7 , or R 6 and R 7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle.
  • R 1 is CH 2 COR', wherein R' is selected from H, d.i 2 alkyl (optionally substituted with 1-3 Cl), CH 2 OH, CH 2 OCi-I 2 - alkyl, C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted with 1-3 of groups OH, OMe, OEt, NO 2 , halo, COOH, SO 3 H, or NR"R'" (wherein R" and R'" are selected from H or Ci- i 2 alkyl)), furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-thiophene, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl; OCi-i 2 alkyl, NH 2 , NHC M2 alkyl, NHPh, COPh; and R 2 is H, R 3 is H, and R 4 is H, then R 7 is other than 3- pyri
  • alkyl, alkenyl, or cycloalkyl groups at each occurrence above independently are optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, aryl, Het 1 , and Het 2 .
  • Het 1 at each occurrence is independently a C-linked 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring.
  • Het 2 at each occurrence is independently a N-linked 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 nitrogen and optionally having one oxygen or sulfur within the ring.
  • R 7 in formula I is selected from azetidin-1-yl, cyclobutyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrothipyranyl sulfoximine, 1,2,5-triazacycloheptyl, 1,2,5- oxadiazacycloheptyl, 4-hydroxy-(4-methoxymethyl)piperidin- 1 -yl, [4- (alkylamino)methyl]phenyl, [4-(heteroaryl)alkyl)amino)methyl]phenyl, [4- ((alkyl)heteroaryl)alkyl)amino)methyl]phenyl, [4-(3-fluoropropylamino)methyl]phenyl, [4- (3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropylamino)methyl]phenyl.
  • the compounds of formula I are selected from structures of formulas H-V below.
  • the compounds of formulas II, III, and V are selected from structures of formulas VI-VIII.
  • the compounds of formulas VI-VIII are selected from structures of formulas IX-XI.
  • the group R 7 in compounds of formulas H-XI is selected from the following structures (wherein, straight horizontal line depicts the connection of R 7 to an aromatic ring of the general structure I):
  • group R 7 in compounds of formulas II-XI is selected from the following structures:
  • A is N or C-R 12 ; W is is H, O, S(O) n , or N; and B, R 9 , R 10 , R 1 ', and R 12 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH 3 , or OH.
  • compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
  • a and B are independently N or C-R 12 , or C-R 13 ; Het is Hetj or Het 2 ; and R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH 3 , or OH.
  • a dotted line is either a single bond or a double bond.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate, or hydrate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating gram-positive microbial infections in humans or other warm-blooded animals by administering to the subject in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate, or hydrate thereof.
  • the compound of formula I may be administered orally, parenterally, transdermally, topically, rectally, or intranasally.
  • the present invention provides novel intermediates and processes for preparing compounds of formula I.
  • the carbon atom content of various hydrocarbon-containing moieties is indicated by a prefix designating the minimum and maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e., the prefix C 1-J indicates a moiety of the integer "i" to the integer "j" carbon atoms, inclusive.
  • Cj -7 alkyl refers to alkyl of one to seven carbon atoms, inclusive.
  • R 8 is the same as R 8
  • Het 1 is the same as Heti, etc.
  • alkyl refers to both straight and branched groups, but reference to an individual radical such as “propyl” embraces only the straight chain radical, a branched chain isomer such as “isopropyl” being specifically referred to.
  • the alkyl, alkenyl, etc. group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, aryl, Het 1 , or Het 2 . Representative examples include, but are not limited to, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl.
  • -CH CH-aryl
  • - CH CH-HCt 1 , -CH 2 -phenyl, and the like.
  • alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl group, alkoxy, or acyl may be substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from, e.g., alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q; halo, cyano (-CN), nitro (-NO 2 ), -SR a , -S(O)R 3 , -S(O) 2 R 3 , -
  • cycloalkyl means a cyclic saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group of three to six carbon atoms, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, aryl, Het 1 , or Het 2 .
  • heteroalkyl means an alkyl or cycloalkyl group, as defined above, having a substituent containing a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S(O) n , where n is an integer from 0 to 2, including, hydroxy (OH), C 1-4 alkoxy, amino, thio (-SH), and the like.
  • substituents include -NR 3 Rb, -OR 3 , or -S(O) n R 0 , wherein R 3 is hydrogen, Ci- 4 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or - COR (where R is C ⁇ alkyl); R b is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, -SO 2 R (where R is C 1-4 alkyl or Cj.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 2; and R 0 is hydrogen, Ci -4 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or NR 3 R b where R 3 and R b are as defined above.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to 2-methoxyethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 ), 2-hydroxyethyl (- CH 2 CH 2 OH), hydroxymethyl (-CH 2 OH), 2-aminoethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 ), 2- dimethylaminoethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 NHCH 3 ), benzyloxymethyl, thiophen-2-ylthiomethyl, and the like.
  • halo refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).
  • heterocyclic ring refers to an aromatic ring or a saturated or unsaturated ring that is not aromatic of 3 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and S(O) n within the ring, where n is defined above.
  • heterocylic rings include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, isoxazolinone, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro
  • Het 1 refers to a C-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring.
  • Representative examples of “Het 1 " include, but are not limited to, pyridine, thiophene, furan, pyrazole, pyrimidine, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 4- oxo-2-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3-isoxaz-olyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 5-pyrazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 4-oxo-2-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 5-oxazo
  • Het 2 refers to a N-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having one oxygen or sulfur atom.
  • Representative examples of "Het 2 " include, but are not limited to pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, and isoxazolidinonyl group.
  • aryl group optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group means that the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the aryl group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
  • stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers”.
  • enantiomers When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
  • An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively).
  • a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a "racemic mixture".
  • the compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and Claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
  • the methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a carrier that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • “A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used in the specification and Claims includes both one and more than one such carrier.
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
  • Such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesul
  • a metal ion e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion
  • coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
  • Treating" or “treatment” of a disease includes:
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • the “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
  • leaving group has the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic organic chemistry, i.e., an atom or group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile and includes halogen, Ci -4 alkylsulfonyloxy, ester, or amino such as chloro, bromo, iodo, mesyloxy, tosyloxy, trifluorosulfonyloxy, methoxy, N,O-dimethylhydroxyl-amino, and the like.
  • Prodrug means any compound which releases an active parent drug according to a compound of the subject invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs of a compound of the subject invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in a compound of the subject invention in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds of the subject invention wherein a hydroxy, sulfhydryl, amido or amino group in the compound is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxyl, amido, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, benzoate, phosphate or phosphonate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds of the subject invention, and the like.
  • esters e.g., acetate, formate, benzoate, phosphate or phosphonate derivatives
  • carbamates e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl
  • mamal refers to all mammals including humans, livestock, and companion animals.
  • Ci ⁇ alkyl can be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and isomeric forms thereof.
  • In some preferred compounds of the present invention can be vinyl, propenyl, allyl, butenyl, and isomeric forms thereof (including cis and trans isomers).
  • C 3-6 cycloalkyl can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and isomeric forms thereof.
  • Ci -4 heteroalkyl can be hydroxymethyl, hydroxy ethyl, and 2-methoxyethyl.
  • halo can be fluoro (F) or chloro (Cl).
  • R 1 can be CH 2 C( ⁇ O)C 1-
  • group R 1 is selected from CH 2 OH,
  • CH(OH)CH CH 2, or CH(OH)C ⁇ CH.
  • group R 1 is selected from CONH 2 or
  • group R 1 is selected from CH 2 (1, 2,3 -triazol-1- yl) or CH 2 (4-methyl-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl).
  • group R 1 is selected from CH 2 NH(isoxazol-3- yl), CH 2 O(isoxazol-3-yl), CH 2 NH(pyridin-2-yl), or CH 2 O(pyridin-2-yl), CH 2 NH(pyridin-3- yl), or CH 2 O(pyridin-3-yl).
  • groups R 4 and R 6 are independently selected from H or F.
  • group R 4 is H
  • group R 6 is F
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 independently can be H or F.
  • one of R 4 and R 5 is H and the other is F.
  • X can be CH
  • Y can be N
  • R 7 and R 6 taken together are -NR 8 C(O)CH 2 O-
  • R 7 and R 5 taken together are -NR 8 C(O)CH 2 O-
  • R 7 and R 5 taken together are -NR 8 C(O)O-
  • R 7 and R 5 taken together are -NR 8 C(O) CH 2 -.
  • R can be -Ci -4 alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro (F) or chloro (Cl).
  • R 8 can be H, CH 3 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CHCl 2 , CH 2 CF 3 ,
  • R 8 can be CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 OH, or NH 2 .
  • Het 1 can be 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 3- isoxazolyl, 4-isoxaz-olyl, 5-isoxaz-olyl, 1,2,3-triazol-l-yl, or l,2,5-thiadiazol-3-yl group.
  • Het 2 can be pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, and isoxazolidinonyl group.
  • novel derivatives of these structures featuring the new CR 2 R 3 group bridge are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • Said novel oxazolidinone derivatives are produced using a combination of techniques described in above publications with general synthetic methods of the present invention (see below, General Synthetic Methods, examples of Schemes 1- 13).
  • the novel compounds of the present invention offer certain advantage(s) over aforementioned prior art analogs (not containing the new group CR 2 R 3 ), such as an improved pharmacological property(ies) in vitro or in vivo, including safety and tolerability.
  • MOA-I monoamine oxidase inhibition
  • the present invention provides methods of synthesis of a compound of formula formula XXVIII comprising reacting a compound of formula XXVII with a reducing agent to yield a compound of formula XXVIII:
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH 3 , or OH;
  • R 15 is OH, N(Me)OMe, OC 1-4 alkyl, 3 to 6-membered N-heterocycle, or Ar;
  • AIk is C ⁇ alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, CH 2 Ar; and
  • R 16 is H, halo, NH 2 , NO 2 , R 7 , Het 1 , or Her 2 .
  • the compound of formula XXVII is in enantiomeric excess > 85%.
  • the reducing agent is LiAlH 4 , diisobutylaluminum hydride, or a like reducing agent apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • the yield of the compound of formula XXVIII is at least 50%.
  • R 15 is N(Me)OMe;
  • AIk is CH 2 Ph.
  • the compounds of formula XXVII and XXVIII have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
  • the present invention provides methods of synthesis of a compound of formula XXIX comprising reacting a compound of formula XXVIII with trialkylsilylcyanide to form the compound of formula XXIX:
  • reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of LiF, or a like common fluoride source apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of HCN, or a like common cyanide source apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst.
  • the Lewis acid catalyst is selected from an optically active magnesium (II), aluminum (III), boron (III), lanthanide (III), tin (II), titanium (IV), vanadium (IV), yttrium (IV), or zirconium (IV) complex.
  • the silicon group on the compound of formula XXIX is optionally removed with an acid or a like reagent apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • the yield of the compound of formula XXIX is at least 35%.
  • the compound of formula XXIX has an optical purity of at least 80%.
  • the compounds of formula XXVIII and XXIX have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
  • the present invention provides methods of synthesis of a compound of formula XXX comprising N-deprotecting a compound of formula XXIX, followed by cyclizing the product:
  • the compound of formula XXIX is optically active.
  • the cyclization uses phosgene, or a like reagent apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • the yield of the compound of formula XXX is at least 50%.
  • the compounds of formula XXIX and XXX have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
  • Nitrating agent HNO 3 /H 2 SO 4 or HNO 3 /trifluoroacetic anhydride, or alike
  • reducing agent Fe/aq. NH 4 Cl or SnCl 2 , or alike
  • R 7 morpholine
  • acylating agent C M alkyl-COCl/base e.g., TEA
  • R 7 NHCOC i ⁇ alkyl
  • acylating agent Het'-COCl/base e.g., TEA
  • alkylating agent e.g. AlkCHO/NaBH 3 CN/AcOH or alkyl halide/base (e.g., K 2 CO 3 ); b) ClCH 2 COCl/base (e.g., K 2 CO 3 ); c) Lewis acid: e.g. TiCl 4 , or BF 3 etherate, or AlCl 3 , or Yb(OTf) 3 ; or Pd(II) reagent, such as Pd(OAc) 2 with phosphine or phosphinyl ligand (e.g. 2-[(t-butyl)phosphinyl]biphenyl), base (e.g., TEA).
  • alkylating agent e.g. AlkCHO/NaBH 3 CN/AcOH or alkyl halide/base (e.g., K 2 CO 3 ); b) ClCH 2 COCl/base (e.g., K 2 CO 3 );
  • AlkCHO/NaBH 3 CN/AcOH or alkyl halide/base e.g., K 2 CO 3
  • c) ClCH 2 COClftase e.g., K 2 CO 3
  • Pd(II) reagent such as Pd(OAc) 2 with phosphine or phosphinyl ligand (e.g.
  • Scheme 8. a) CH 2 (CO 2 AIk) 2 , KOH; b) H 2 , PtO 2 .
  • the synthesis of the compounds of formula I is performed using optically active (S)-indoline-2-carboxylic acid derivatives as shown in Scheme 9 below.
  • Specific N-Cbz group at the indoline nitrogen is provided herein as an example only, and can be substituted for a multitude of common alkyl carbamate groups (e.g., i-Pr, Me, or Et carbamate).
  • the Scheme is generally applicable to a multitude of variously substituted aromatic derivatives 26 to arrive at respective compounds of formula I exemplified herein by structures 37, 39, and 42.
  • R 8 COCl/base e.g., K 2 CO 3
  • R 8 COOH/HATU/DIEA for W - O
  • W S
  • base e.g. K 2 CO 3
  • HNO 3 e.g.
  • the synthesis of the compounds of formula I is performed as illustrated in Scheme 10. This synthesis is based on the chiral cyanohydrine derivatives 31 of the preceding Scheme 9. Alternatively, racemic (at indoline CH) cyanohydrine analogs of 31 can be cyclized into respective racemic oxazolidinone analogs of 37 and then separated by conventional means (such as column chromatography or chrystallization) to afford the desired compounds 32. The latter intermediates are then transformed into the desired compounds of formula I as per Scheme 10 below.
  • R 8 COCl/base e.g., K 2 CO 3
  • R 8 COOH/2-(lH-7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyl uronium hexafluorophosphate(HATU)/N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) for W O
  • W S
  • nitrating agent HNO 3 /H 2 SO 4 or HNO 3 /trifluoroacetic anhydride, or alike
  • reducing agent e.g.
  • nitrile-hydrolyzing agent e.g. aq. H 2 SO 4 or aq. HCl, or TMSCl, aq. alcohol; or H 2 O 2 , LiOH or KOH. .
  • the new method of the present invention employs a commercially available reagent TMSCN (or any other (trisubstituted)silyl cyanide) to afford the desired intermediate in quantitative yields after only 1-12 h reaction under ambient conditions.
  • TMSCN or any other (trisubstituted)silyl cyanide
  • the method also permits for a use of chiral catalysts (e.g.
  • Certain preferred fluorinated compounds of the formula I can be made either using respective fluorine-substituted starting materials per Schemes 1-10 (if one, two, or all Of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 are F), or produced via a direct fluorination of aniline derivatives (such as compounds 3 and 36 of Schemes 1 and 9), or amide (e.g. trifiuoroacetamide) derivatives thereof (e.g., using CF 3 OF as described by Fifolt in US Pat. 4,766,243).
  • these can be produced per Scheme 11, via a 2-step process involving an ortho-lithiation of a respective alkyl carbamate derivatives (as described by Pinto et al. in Organic Letters, 2006, p. 4929), followed by a fluorination using one of several commercially available electrophilic fluorine sources, such as Selectfluor R (Chung et al. in J. Fluorine Chem., 2004, p. 543), N-fluorobenzenesulfonamide (Aldrichimica Acta, 1995, vol. 28, p. 36), CF 3 OF (Middleton et al. in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1980, p.
  • N-fluoropyridinium salts Umemoto et al. in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1990, p. 8563
  • reagents capable of a carbanion fluorination see e.g. Umemoto et al. in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1990, p. 8563, and references cited therein).
  • Select compounds I of the present invention can be produced and utilized in a prodrug form to maximize certain useful pharmarcological properties such as aqueous solubility for injections, or oral bioavailability for administration in a tablet, powder, or gel forms.
  • a prodrug form can be made and employed, such as carboxylic acid and amino acid esters, carbamates, or phosphate ester derivatives known in the art (for a review, see e.g. Ettmayer et al. J. Med. Chem., 2004, p. 2393).
  • An example for general synthesis of such compounds and phosphate prodrugs thereof is illustrated by Scheme 12.
  • BocNHCH(Alk 2 )COOH metal salt e.g. Na, K, Cs, or Ag salt
  • optional NaI, KI, or CsI optional NaI, KI, or CsI
  • f) HCl in dioxane, ether, or alike solvent e.g. Na, K, Cs, or Ag salt
  • Example 1 Preparation of N-(C(I S,9aSV7-(6-r2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5- vDpyridin-S-vD-S-oxo-KS ⁇ a-tetrahvdrooxazolorS ⁇ -alindol-l-v ⁇ methvDacetamide:
  • Step 1 Preparation of (S)-I -(benzyloxycarbonyl)indoline-2-carboxylic acid [00151] Cbz-Cl (20 niL, 0.13 mol) in MeCN (50 mL) was added dropwise to (S)- indoline-2-carboxylic acid(20 g, 0.12 mol) and DIEA (43 mL, 0.25 mol) in MeCN (350 mL) at 5-10 0 C over 20 min. The mixture was allowed to warm up r.t. After 3 h, volatiles were removed under vacuum. The oily residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 1% aq. HCl, water, brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the product as a thick oil that crystallized in refrigerator into a brown solid. Yield 35 g (100%).
  • Step 2 Preparation of (SVbenzyl 2-(methoxy(methyDcarbamovDindoline-l-carboxylate [00152]
  • CDI (14.2 g, 0.087 mol) was added to (S)-l-(benzyloxycarbonyl)indoline-2- carboxylic acid (20 g, 0.067 mol) in DCM (150 mL) at -5 0 C, and the solution was kept at - 5 0 C for 1 h.
  • DIEA (15.3 mL, 0.087 mol) was added, followed by N,O- dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (8.5 g, 0.087 mol). The mixture was allowed to warmed up to r.t.
  • Step 6 Preparation of (S)-benzyl 2-(CSV2-amino-l-hvdroxyethyl)indoline-l-carboxylate [00156] 2 M Borane-dimethylsulf ⁇ de in THF (24 mL, 48 mmol) was added to a solution of (S)-benzyl 2-((R)-cyano(hydroxy)methyl)indoline-l-carboxylate in dry THF (50 mL) at r.t.. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for an additional 30 min, then which was cooled to r.t. and directly used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 11 Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine [00161] To the solution of crude 5-bromo-2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine(3.15 g,.13.9 mmol) in DMF (32 mL) was added MeI (7.92 g, 55.8 mmol) and KOH (1.95 g, 34.8 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 23 h at r.t.. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and evaporated under vacuum, then purified by prep-TLC (hexanes - EtOAc) to give 2-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine as white solid (380 mg, 66% yield).
  • reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and evaporated under vacuum, then purified by preparation TLC to give 2- (l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine as white solid (170 mg, 71% yield).
  • Step 2 N-(Tf 1 S.9aS V7-f 6-f 1 -methyl- 1 H-tetrazol-5 -vnpyridin-3 -ylV3 -oxo- 1.3 ,9,9a- tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l-yl)methvQacetamide
  • Step 1 Preparation of 2-chloroethyl 5-bromopyridin-2-ylcarbamate
  • Step 2 Preparation of 3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)oxazolidin-2-one [00169] To the solution ofNH 3 /MeOH (40 mL) in 200 mL autoclave was added 2- chloroethyl 5-bromopyridin-2-ylcarbamate (1.98 g, 7 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 12O 0 C for 3 h.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with DCM(IOO mL), filtered and evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow solid, purified by preparative TLC (solvent system here) to give 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-(lH- tetrazol-l-yl)pyridine as white solid (48 mg, 49% yield).
  • Example 5 Preparation of N-(( ⁇ S,9aSV7-(2-methylpyrrolor3.4-c1pyrazol- 5 (2H,4H,6H>yQ-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vPmethvDacetamide :
  • Step 1 Preparation of dimethyl lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate [00177] To the solution of diazomethane (-218 mmol) in Et 2 O (600 mL) was added dimethyl but-2-ynedioate (31 g, 218 mmol) dropwise over 1 h at 0 0 C. Then the mixture was filtered and washed with Et 2 O to give dimethyl lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate as white crystals (17.4 g, 44% yield).
  • Step 2 Preparation of dimethyl 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate [00178] To the solution of dimethyl lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate(14.72 g,.8O mmol) in THF (500 mL) was added NaH (60%, 3.84 g, 96 mmol) and MeI (7.92 g, 55.8 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at room temperature.
  • Step 3 Preparation of (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-3,4-div ⁇ dimethanol [00179]
  • the solution of dimethyl 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate (4.0 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous ether (10 mL) and anhydrous DCM (60 mL) was added slowly to a stirred suspension Of LiAlH 4 (1.4 g, 37 mmol) in anhydrous ether (60 mL), and the mixture was reflux for 24 h.
  • the solution was quenched by careful addition of MeOH, and the solvents were removed on a rotavap. DCM and MeOH were added to dissolve the mixture.
  • Step 7 Preparation of N-(f(lS.9aSV7-f2-methylpyrrolor3.4-c1pyrazol-5r2H.4H.6H)-vn-3- oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide
  • a 50 ml flask was charged with 3, 4-bis(bromomethyl)-l -methyl- lH-pyrazole (230 mg, 0.86 mmol), N-(((lS,9aS)-7-amino-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide (224 mg, 0.86 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (608 mg, 4.29 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (40 mL).
  • Example 6 Preparation of N-(YQ S.9aS)-3-oxo-7-(5H-pyrrolor3.4-blpyridin- 6(7H)-VlV 1.3 ,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo ⁇ 3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vDmethvPacetamide : N N a a B B H H 1 ⁇
  • Example 7 Preparation of N-f( ⁇ S,9aSV3-oxo-7-(6H-pyrrolor3.4-blpyridin-6- ylH3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3 ⁇ -alindol-l-yDmethvDacetamide:
  • Example 8 Preparation of N-(f(TS,9aSV7-(6-(5-fhvdroxymethvn-4.5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -y D-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo f 3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl * )methvQacetamide :
  • Step 2 Preparation of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-ylM,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol [00193] To a solution of 5-bromopicolinaldehyde oxime (Ig, 5 mmol) in 30 mL of anhydrous DMF was added N-chlorosuccinimide (0.8 g, 6 mmol; NCS) at 60 0 C under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 6O 0 C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to O 0 C and prop-2-en-l-ol (1.5 g, 25 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at O 0 C for 10 min.
  • N-chlorosuccinimide 0.8 g, 6 mmol; NCS
  • Step 4 Preparation of N-C(O S,9aSV7-(6-r5-rhvdroxymethylV4,5-dihvdroisoxazol-3- v ⁇ pyridin-S-y ⁇ -S-oxo-U ⁇ a-tetrahvdrooxazolofS ⁇ -alindol-l-vDmethyDacetamide [00195] (3-(5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (350mg,1.15 mmol), N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (90 mg, 0.28 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (130 mg
  • Example 9 Preparation of N-(Y(T S,9aSV7-(5-fluoro-6-f5-Qivdroxymethvn-4.5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 - vPmethvDacetamide :
  • Example 10 Preparation of N-(( ⁇ S.9aSV7-(6-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - vDmethvDacetamide:
  • TsCl (1.1 g, 5.8 mmol) was added to a solution of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in 20 mL of anhydrous Py under N2.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t.overnight, then cooled to O 0 C. Sat. NaHCO 3 was added dropwise, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water, brine, and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum.
  • Step 4 Preparation of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5-(morpholinomethylV4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)pyridin-3 - vQ-3 -oxo- 1 , 3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - vDmethvDacetamide
  • the slurry was degassed with N2, and lOmg of PdCl 2 (dppf)DCM was added.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 9O 0 C for 3 h.
  • the solvent was removed under vacuum.
  • the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc.
  • the combined organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated under vacuum.
  • Example 11 Preparation of N-ffflS.9aSV7-f6-(2-flH-imidazol-l- yl)acetyl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - vPmethvDacetamide:
  • Step 3 Preparation of l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(lH-imidazol-l-vDethanone
  • 2-Bromo-l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)ethanone (1.2 g, 4.3 mmol) was added to a solution of imidazole (2.9 g, 43 mmol) in 3OmL of THF.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t.overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and evaporated under vacuum.
  • Example 12 Preparation of N-ff ⁇ S.9aS>7-(6-f5.5-bisChvdroxymethyr)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -vO-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 - yPmethvDacetamide:
  • Stepl Preparation of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-ylV4,5-dihvdroisoxazole-4,4-diyl * )dimethanol [00213] To the solution of 5-bromopicolinaldehyde oxime (1.02 g, 5.1 mmol, prepared as for Example 8) in anhydrous DMF (25 mL) was added NCS (812 mg, 6.1 mmol) under a N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 6O 0 C for 1 h, then cooled to 0 0 C, and 2- methylenepropane-l,3-diol (2.23 g, 25 mmol) was added.
  • Example 14 Preparation of tert-butyl 4-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethylV3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolor3.4-alindol-7-yl ' )-5,6-dihvdropyridine-U2H)-carboxylate:
  • Example 15 Preparation of N-f(flS.9aSV7-(l-(2-acetoxyacetvn-l.2.3,6- tetrahvdropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolor3.4-alindol-l- vDmethyliacetamide:
  • Step 1 Preparation ofN-ff ⁇ S.9aS)-3-oxo-7- ⁇ ,2,3,6-tetrahvdropyridin-4-ylH ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vPmethvQacetamide trifluoroacetate [00223]
  • Example 16 Preparation of N-(T(I S.9aS)-7-(l-(2-hvdroxyacetvn-l.2,3.6- tetrahvdropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l- vDmethyliacetamide :
  • Example 17 Preparation of flR.5S.6sVtert-butyl 6-(5-(riS.9aSVl- (acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-1.3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-7-yl)pyridin-2-v ⁇ -6- cvano-3-azabicvclor3.1.Olhexane-3-carboxylate:
  • Example 18 Preparation of N-rr(lS,9aSV7-r6-( ⁇ R.5S.6sV6-cvano-3- azabicvclofS.l.Olhexan- ⁇ -vDpyridin-S-ylVS-oxo-U ⁇ a-tetrahvdrooxazolol ' S ⁇ -alindol-l- vDmethvPacetamide :
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added dropwise with stirring at 4 0 C to a solution of (l S,5R)-tert-butyl 6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3- carboxylate (400 mg, 0.76 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (2 mL). The mixture was kept at at 4 0 C for 2 h.
  • Example 19 Preparation of N-(((lS,9aSV7-(6-((lR,5S)-3.6-dicvano-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl ' )pyridin-3-yl ' )-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l- yl)methvQacetamide :
  • Example 21 Preparation of N-ffflS,9aSV7-f6-(YlR,5S)-6-cyano-3-(2- acetoxyacetvD-3-azabicyclor3.1.01hexan-6-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide:
  • Example 21 was prepared analogously to Example 20, except that acetoxyacetyl chloride was used in place of methyl chloroformate.
  • Example 22 Preparation of N-(fflS.9aSV7-(6-(flR.SSV6-cvano-3-(2- hydroxyacetvD-S-azabicvclofS.l.Oihexan- ⁇ -vDpyridin-S-ylVB-oxo-LS ⁇ a- tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-alindol- 1 -vQmethyQacetamide:
  • Example 23 Preparation of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-r(lR,5SV6-cvano-3-formyl-3- azabicvclo[3.1.01hexan-6-vnpyridin-3-ylV3-oxo-L3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l- vPmethyQacetamide:
  • Example 24 Preparation of 3-((lS,9aS)-l-rAcetamidomethylV3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo
  • Example 25 Preparation of N-CCCl S.9aSV3-Oxo-7-Cl.4-dioxa-8- azaspiror4.51decan-8-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l-yl)methyl ' )acetamide:
  • N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(methylamino)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide 90 mg (0.32 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml), excess aq. NaHCO 3 and chloroacetyl chloride 26 ⁇ l (dl.42, 0.32 mmol) was added. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 1 min. and left at r.t. for 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 80 0 C for 18 h, then directly purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with EtOAc- hexanes 1 :1. Two regioisomers were obtained with the compound in Example 27 being the major product.
  • Example 28 Preparation of ⁇ SVl-rdH-L23-triazol-l-yl)methylV7-r6-(2- methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-vDpyridin-3-viy9,9a-dihvdrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one:
  • Step 1 Preparation of (lS>2-amino-l-(5-bromoindolin-2-yl)ethanol hydrochloride [00254] N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide (1.0 g, 3.08 mmol) was suspended in cone. HCl (1.5 ml). The mixture was stirred at 90 0 C for 4 h. The volatile was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was taken directly into the next step. MS (m/z): 257.0 [M+H] + .
  • Step 3 Preparation of ⁇ SVl-CClH-l,23-triazol-l-vnmethyr)-7-bromo-9.9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 C 1 H)-one
  • Step 4 Preparation of (lS.9aSVl-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-vnmethvn-7-('6-r2-methyl-2H- tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridin-3 - v0-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H Vone [00259]
  • Each of diastereomers A or B from Step 3 were reacted with 2-(2-methyl-2H- tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine as described for Example 1 (Step 13) to produce two isomers of the Example 28.
  • Example 29 Preparation of N-C(Cl S.9aS)-7-C6-Cl , 2.3-triazol-vnpyridin-3-vn-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide:
  • Example 29 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 16 (Step 13) by reacting N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l, 3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l -yl)methyl)acetamide with 2- (l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)-5-bromopyridine (in place of the tetrazole derivative used for Example 16).
  • Example 30 Preparation of N-(Y(I S,9aS)-7-(6-(4-hvdroxymethyl- 1,2,3- triazol-y0pyridin-3-ylV3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l- vPmethvDacetamide :
  • Example 30 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 16 (Step 13) by reacting N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l, 3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide with 2-(4- hydroxymethyl-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)-5-bromopyridine (in place of the tetrazole derivative used for Example 16).
  • Example 31 Preparation of N-(((lS.9aSV3-oxo-7-(4-oxo-3,4-dihvdropyridin- l(2H)-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-a1indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide:
  • Example 32 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 16 (Step 13) by reacting N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l, 3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide with 2- (4-(l-hydroxy-l-methyl)ethyl-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)-5-bromopyridine (in place of the tetrazole derivative used for Example 16).
  • Example 33 Preparation of (lR,9aSy3-oxo-7-(pyridin-3-ylV1.3.9.9a- tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-alindole-l-carbonitrile:
  • Step 1 Preparation of (RV2-hvdroxy-2-((S ' )-indolin-2-vDacetonitrile [00270]
  • (S)-benzyl 2-((R)-cyano(hydroxy)methyl)indoline- 1 -carboxylate (462 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (25 mL), 5% Pd/C (139 mg) was added, and the flask was connected to the hydrogen source (1 atm). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h. Additional 5% Pd/C (220 mg) was added, and the hydrogenation continued for 7 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite.
  • N-Bromosuccinimide 45 mg, 0.25 mmol was added to the oxazolidinone intermediate from the preceding Step 2 (43 mg, 0.21 mmol) in MeCN (2.0 mL) with stirring, the flask was flushed with nitrogen, and the solution was stirred at r.t. ca. 24 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: hexanes - EtOAc 4: 1). White crystals, yield 53 mg (90%). MS (m/z): 279 [M+H] + .
  • Example 34 Preparation of N-(((lS,9aSV7-(6-((lR.5S.6rV6-cvano-3- oxabicvclofS.l.Oihexan- ⁇ -vDpyridin-S-v ⁇ -S-oxo-LS ⁇ a-tetrahydrooxazolofS ⁇ -aiindol-l- vDmethvDacetamide :
  • Example 34 The compound of Example 34 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 17 by reacting N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide with (lR,5S,6r)-6-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carbonitrile (in place of the azabicyclic pyridyl bromide used for Example 17).
  • Example 35 Preparation of ( ⁇ 2R.3 SW(Tf !S.9aSV7-f6-f 1 H-tetrazol-1 -vDpyridin-
  • Step 2 Preparation of ff2R.3SWfff !S.9aSV7-f6-f lH-tetrazol-l-vnpyridin-3-vn-3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-ai indol- 1 -yl)methv ⁇ (acetyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl) 2-f tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylpentanoate
  • Example 36 Preparation of ffRVf,acetyl(((lS.9aSV3-oxo-7-(6-(2- oxooxazolidin-3-yDpyridin-3-ylV13,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl ' ) 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate dihvdrochloride:
  • the compounds of the subject invention can exhibit potent activities against a variety of microorganisms, including gram positive microorganisms. Accordingly, the compounds of the subject invention can have broad antibacterial activity.
  • compounds of the present invention can be useful antimicrobial agents and may be effective against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci, select gram negative microorganisms such as H. influenzae and M. catarrahlis, as well as anaerobic microorganisms such as bacteroides and Clostridia species, and acid-fast microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium.
  • gram positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci
  • select gram negative microorganisms such as H. influenzae and M. catarrahlis
  • anaerobic microorganisms such as bacteroides and Clostr
  • the in vitro activity of compounds of the subject invention may be assessed by standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) by agar dilution as described in "Approved Standard. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically," 3 rd ed., published 1993 by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory standards, Villanova, Pennsylvania, USA.
  • MIC minimum inhibitory concentration
  • the in vitro MICs of test compounds may be determined by a standard agar dilution method.
  • a stock drug solution of each analog is prepared in a preferred solvent, usually DMSOiH 2 O (1 :3).
  • Serial 2-fold dilutions of each sample are made using 1.0 ml aliquots of sterile distilled water.
  • To each 1.0 ml aliquot of drug is added 9 ml of molten Mueller Hinton agar medium.
  • the drug-supplemented agar is mixed, poured into 15 X 100 mm petri dishes, and allowed to solidify and dry prior to inoculation.
  • Vials of each of the test microorganisms are maintained frozen in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen freezer.
  • Test cultures are grown overnight at 35°C on the medium appropriate for the microorganism. Colonies are harvested with a sterile swab, and cell suspensions are prepared in Trypticase Soy broth (TSB) to equal the turbidity of a 0.5 McFarland standard. A 1 :20 dilution of each suspension is made in TSB. The plates containing the drug supplemented agar are inoculated with a 0.001 ml drop of the cell suspension using a Steers replicator, yielding approximately 10 4 to 10 5 cells per spot. The plates are incubated overnight at 35°C.
  • TTB Trypticase Soy broth
  • MIC Minimum Inhibitory Concentration
  • the compounds of the subject invention can be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities ' .
  • the compounds of the subject invention may be administered orally, parenterally, transdermally, topically, rectally, or intranasally.
  • the actual amount of the compound of the subject invention, i.e., the active ingredient will depend on a number of factors, such as the severity of the disease, i.e., the infection, to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, and other factors, all of which are within the purview of the attending clinician.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 .
  • Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range which includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture
  • IC 50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • the compounds of the subject invention are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, parenteral, transdermal, topical, rectal, and intranasal.
  • compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
  • compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the subject invention above associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient.
  • compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
  • excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose.
  • the formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
  • the compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
  • the quantity of active component, that is the compound according to the subject invention, in the pharmaceutical composition and unit dosage form thereof may be varied or adjusted widely depending upon the particular application, the potency of the particular compound and the desired concentration.
  • compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient.
  • unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
  • the compound of the subject invention above is employed at no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition, more preferably no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being pharmaceutically inert carrier(s).
  • the active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically or therapeutically effective amount. It, will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the severity of the bacterial infection being treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, topically, transdermally, and/or parenterally at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be antibacterially effective.
  • a dosage that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be antibacterially effective.
  • such antibacterially or therapeutically effective amount of dosage of active component i.e., an effective dosage
  • an effective dosage will be in the range of about 0.1 to about 100, more preferably about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention.
  • a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention.
  • the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • the tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer, which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
  • liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as corn oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
  • the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra.
  • the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
  • Compositions in preferably pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure-breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
  • the following formulation examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
  • Hard gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are prepared:
  • a tablet formula is prepared using the ingredients below: Ingredient Amount (mg/tablet)
  • the components are blended and compressed to form tablets, each weighing 240 mg.
  • a dry powder inhaler formulation is prepared containing the following components:
  • the active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and the mixture is added to a dry powder inhaling appliance.
  • Tablets each containing 30 mg of active ingredient, are prepared as follows:
  • the active ingredient, starch and cellulose are passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly.
  • the solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders, which are then passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve.
  • the granules so produced are dried at 50° to 6O 0 C and passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve.
  • the sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc previously passed through a No. 30 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 120 mg.
  • Capsules each containing 40 mg of medicament are made as follows:
  • Suppositories each containing 25 mg of active ingredient are made as follows:
  • the active ingredient is passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve and suspended in the saturated fatty acid glycerides previously melted using the minimum heat necessary. The mixture is then poured into a suppository mold of nominal 2.0 g capacity and allowed to cool.
  • Suspensions each containing 50 mg of medicament per 5.0 mL dose are made as follows:
  • the active ingredient, sucrose and xanthan gum are blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of the microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose in water.
  • the sodium benzoate, flavor, and color are diluted with some of the water and added with stirring. Sufficient water is then added to produce the required volume.
  • a subcutaneous formulation may be prepared as follows:
  • a topical formulation may be prepared as follows: Ingredient Quantity
  • transdermal delivery devices Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts.
  • the construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,023,252, issued June 1 1, 1991, herein incorporated by reference. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
  • Indirect techniques usually involve formulating the compositions to provide for drug latentiation by the conversion of hydrophilic drugs into lipid-soluble drugs. Latentiation is generally achieved through blocking of the hydroxy, carbonyl, sulfate, and primary amine groups present on the drug to render the drug more lipid soluble and amenable to transportation across the blood-brain barrier.
  • the delivery of hydrophilic drugs may be enhanced by intra-arterial infusion of hypertonic solutions that can transiently open the blood-brain barrier.
  • the compounds described herein are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems described above. Additionally, in order to enhance the in vivo serum half-life of the administered compound, the compounds may be encapsulated, introduced into the lumen of liposomes, prepared as a colloid, or other conventional techniques may be employed which provide an extended serum half-life of the compounds. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028 each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the compounds administered to a patient are in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration.
  • the pH of the compound preparations typically will be between 3 and 11 , more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from 7 and 8. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts.
  • Compounds of this invention can have useful activity against a variety of pathogenic microorganisms.
  • the in vitro activity of compounds of this invention can be assessed by standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) by agar dilution as described in "Approved Standard. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria That Grow Aerobically", 3rd. ed., published 1993 by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, Villanova, Pennsylvania, USA.
  • Minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) refers to the lowest concentration of drug ( ⁇ g/mL) that inhibits visible growth of the organism. Lower MIC values indicate a higher antibacterial activity.
  • the compounds of present invention have useful potency against Gram-positive or Gram-negative pathogens with MIC values of at least 16 ⁇ g/mL or less.
  • the activity of compounds of present invention against a clinical isolate of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA; from the Massachusetts General Hospital, USA) is exemplified by the MIC data of Table 1.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides heterocyclic compounds of the following formula (I) : or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, solvates, or hydrates thereof useful as antibacterial agents, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, methods for their use, and methods for preparing these compounds.

Description

ANTIMICROBIAL HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS FOR TREATMENT OF
BACTERIAL INFECTIONS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/904,686, filed March 2, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention provides novel heterocyclic derivatives of oxazolidinones, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, methods for their use, and methods for preparing of the same. These compounds have potent activities against pathogenic bacterial species.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Due to an increasing antibiotic resistance, novel classes of antibacterial compounds with a new mode of action are acutely needed for the treatment of bacterial infections. The antibacterials should possess useful levels of activity against certain human and veterinary pathogens, including gram-positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply- resistant staphylococci and streptococci, select anaerobes such as bacteroides and Clostridia species, and acid-fast microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium.
[0004] Among newer antibacterial agents, oxazolidinone compounds are the most recent synthetic class of antimicrobials active against a number of pathogenic microorganisms.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] The present invention provides compounds with useful antibacterial activity, including activity against gram-positive microorganisms.
[0006] In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound of the following formula I:
Figure imgf000002_0001
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate or hydrate thereof wherein: R1 is CH2NHC(=O)R8, CONHR8, CHR8OH, CH2NHC(=S)R8, CH2NHC(=NCN)R8,
CH2NH-Het', CH2O-HCt1, CH2S-Het', CH2Het', CH2Het2, and wherein R8 is H, NH2 (excluding embodiments for R1 = CHR8OH), NHCi-4alkyl (excluding embodiments for R1 = CHR8OH), CMalkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-4alkenyl, C2. 4alkynyl, CMheteroalkyl, Het1, Het2, (CH2)mC(=O)CMalkyl, OCMalkyl (excluding embodiments for R = CHR OH), SCi^alkyl (excluding embodiments for R =
CHR8OH), (CH2)pC3-6cycloalkyl, (CH2)rC(=O)-aryl, or (CH2)SC(=O)-Het'; and
X is N or CH; and
Y is C, CH, or N; and
Z is C=O or N; and
R and R3 are independently H or F; and
R4, R5, and R6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH3, or OH; and
R7 is aryl, biaryl, Het1, Het2, 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group, such as selected from (un)substituted pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, tetrazole, pyridine, piperidine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl, piperazine, 1 ,4-dihydropyridone, 1,4- dihydrothiazine, azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azepine, dihydroazepine, perhydroazepine, 1 ,4-oxazepine, 1 ,4-oxazepine-2-one, l,3-oxazepine-2-one,
CONHR8, N(Ci-5alkyl)CHO, NCd.salkyφCHet'O, or R6 and R7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle; or R5 and R7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle, such as selected from (un)substituted 1,3-benzoxazine, l,4-oxazine-3-one, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidine-2- one, oxazolidine-2-one, azepine, perhydroazepine, perhydroazepine-2-one, perhydro-l,4-oxazepine, perhydro-l,4-oxazepine-2-one, perhydro-l,4-oxazepine-3- one, perhydro-l,3-oxazepine-2-one; and wherein m, n, p, q, r and s are independently O, 1 , or 2; and wherein dotted lines within the structure I indicate an optional double bond such that only a single double bond permitted at the group Y (i.e., the second dotted line is always omitted once the first double bond position is defined).
[0007] In another aspect, the present invention provides a compound of the following formula I:
Figure imgf000003_0001
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate or hydrate thereof wherein: R1 is CH2NHC(=O)R8, CONHR8, CH2OH, CH2NHC(=S)R8, CH2NHC(=NCN)R8, CH2NH-Het', CH2O-Het', CH2S-Hd1, CH2Het', CH2Het2, and wherein R8 is H, NH2, NHCMalkyl, CMalkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-4alkenyl, C2-4alkynyl, Ci- 4heteroalkyl, Het1, Het2, (CH2)mC(=0)CMalkyl, 0CMalkyl, SCMalkyl, (CH2)PC3- 6cycloalkyl, (CH2)rC(=O)-aryl, or (CH2)SC(=O)-Het1; and X is N or CH; and Y is C, CH, or N; and Z is C=O or N; and
R2 and R3 are independently H or F; and R4, R5, and R6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH3, or OH; and R7 is aryl, biaryl, Het1, Het2, or a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group, such as selected from (un)substituted pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4- triazole, tetrazole, pyridine, piperidine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl, piperazine, 1 ,4- dihydropyridone, 1 ,4-dihydrothiazine, azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azepine, dihydroazepine, perhydroazepine, 1 ,4-oxazepine, 1 ,4-oxazepine-2-one, 1,3- oxazepine-2-one, CONHR8, N(Ci-5alkyl)CHO,
Figure imgf000004_0001
or R6 and R7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle; or R5 and R7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle, such as selected from (un)substituted 1,3-benzoxazine, l,4-oxazine-3-one, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidine-2- one, oxazolidine-2-one, azepine, perhydroazepine, perhydroazepine-2-one, perhydro- 1 ,4-oxazepine, perhydro- 1 ,4-oxazepine-2-one, perhydro- 1 ,4-oxazepine-3- one, perhydro-l,3-oxazepine-2-one; and wherein m, n, p, q, r and s are independently O, 1 , or 2; and wherein dotted lines within the structure I indicate an optional double bond such that only a single double bond permitted at the group Y (i.e., the second dotted line is always omitted once the first double bond position is defined).
[0008] In certain embodiments, when X is C, Z is CO, Y is N, R2 is H, R3 is H, and R4 is H, then R7 is other than phenyl or substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments according to this paragraph, said substitution is any substitution apparent to those of skill in the art, for instance any radical other than hydrogen. In certain embodiments according to this paragraph, said substitution is any phenyl substitution described in U.S. Patent No. 5,231,188, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. [0009] In certain embodiments, when X is C, Z is CO, Y is N5 R1 is CH2NHCOR', wherein R' is selected from H, (optionally substituted with 1-3 Cl), CH2OH, CH2OCi-i2alkyl, C3-12cycloalkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted with 1-3 of groups OH, OMe, OEt, NO2, halo, COOH, SO3H, or NR"R'" (wherein R" and R'" are selected from H or Ci.i2alkyl)), furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-thiophene, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl; OC1-12alkyl, NH2, NHC,-12alkyl, NHPh, COPh; and R2 is H, R3 is H, and R4 is H, then R7 is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with CN, -C≡CH, -C≡CCMe, -C≡CCCH20H, N3, NO2, OCi. 4alkyl, COOH, SO3H,, halo, NH2, NR"R'", NR'Th, and R7 is other than 1-pyrrolidyl, or R7 is other than COC1-4alkyl. In certain embodiments according to this paragraph, said substitution is any phenyl substitution described in U.S. Patent No. 5,231,188, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0010] In certain embodiments, when X is C, Z is CO, Y is N, R2 is H, R3 is H, and R4 is H, then R7 is selected from biaryl, Het'-heteroaryl, Het2-heteroaryl, Het1, Het2, a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group, and phenyl substituted with CH2NHR7, or R6 and R7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle.
[0011] In certain embodiments, when X is C, Z is CO, Y is N, R1 is CH2COR', wherein R' is selected from H, d.i2alkyl (optionally substituted with 1-3 Cl), CH2OH, CH2OCi-I2- alkyl, C3-i2cycloalkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted with 1-3 of groups OH, OMe, OEt, NO2, halo, COOH, SO3H, or NR"R'" (wherein R" and R'" are selected from H or Ci- i2alkyl)), furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-thiophene, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl; OCi-i2alkyl, NH2, NHCM2alkyl, NHPh, COPh; and R2 is H, R3 is H, and R4 is H, then R7 is other than 3- pyridyl or 3-pyridyl substituted with H, CMalkyl, NO2, NH2, NHC(=O)CMalkyl, CN, COOH, OC]-4alkyl, halo, or N-oxides thereof.
[0012] The alkyl, alkenyl, or cycloalkyl groups at each occurrence above independently are optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, aryl, Het1, and Het2. Het1 at each occurrence is independently a C-linked 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring. Het2 at each occurrence is independently a N-linked 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 nitrogen and optionally having one oxygen or sulfur within the ring.
[0013] In one embodiment, R7 in formula I is selected from azetidin-1-yl, cyclobutyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrothipyranyl sulfoximine, 1,2,5-triazacycloheptyl, 1,2,5- oxadiazacycloheptyl, 4-hydroxy-(4-methoxymethyl)piperidin- 1 -yl, [4- (alkylamino)methyl]phenyl, [4-(heteroaryl)alkyl)amino)methyl]phenyl, [4- ((alkyl)heteroaryl)alkyl)amino)methyl]phenyl, [4-(3-fluoropropylamino)methyl]phenyl, [4- (3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropylamino)methyl]phenyl. [0014] In one embodiment, the compounds of formula I are selected from structures of formulas H-V below.
Figure imgf000006_0001
[0015] In another embodiment, the compounds of formulas II, III, and V are selected from structures of formulas VI-VIII.
Figure imgf000006_0002
VI VII VIII
[0016] In another embodiment, the compounds of formulas VI-VIII are selected from structures of formulas IX-XI.
Figure imgf000006_0003
[0017] In another embodiment, provided herein are compounds according to a formula selected from the group consisting of formulas XII - XXVI.
Figure imgf000006_0004
XII XIII XIV
Figure imgf000006_0005
XVIII XIX XX
Figure imgf000007_0001
XXI XXII XXIII
Figure imgf000007_0002
[0018] In another embodiment, the group R7 in compounds of formulas H-XI is selected from the following structures (wherein, straight horizontal line depicts the connection of R7 to an aromatic ring of the general structure I):
O N— R1-N N— O2S N— O2S O2S
Figure imgf000007_0003
[0019] In another embodiment, the group R7 in compounds of formulas II-XI is selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000007_0004
[0020] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000008_0001
[0021] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000008_0002
[0022] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000008_0003
[0023] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000008_0004
wherein A is N or C-R12; W is is H, O, S(O)n, or N; and B, R9, R10, R1 ', and R12 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH3, or OH. [0024] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein A and B are independently N or C-R12, or C-R13; Het is Hetj or Het2; and R9, R10, R11, R12 , R13 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH3, or OH.
[0025] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000009_0002
wherein R13 and R14 are independently H, halo, F, CN, Ci-4alkyl, OC1-4alkyl, or OH; or wherein R13 and R14 taken together are =0, =S, =N-0H, =N-OCMalkyl, or =N-
CN.
[0026] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000009_0003
wherein a dotted line is either a single bond or a double bond.
[0027] In another embodiment, compounds of formulas I, II, VI and IX are selected from the following structures:
Figure imgf000009_0004
wherein and R9, R10, R11, and R12 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH3, or OH. [0028] In another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate, or hydrate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent. [0029] In an additional aspect, the present invention provides a method for treating gram-positive microbial infections in humans or other warm-blooded animals by administering to the subject in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate, or hydrate thereof. The compound of formula I may be administered orally, parenterally, transdermally, topically, rectally, or intranasally.
[0030] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides novel intermediates and processes for preparing compounds of formula I.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0031] Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and Claims have the meanings given below:
[0032] The carbon atom content of various hydrocarbon-containing moieties is indicated by a prefix designating the minimum and maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e., the prefix C1-J indicates a moiety of the integer "i" to the integer "j" carbon atoms, inclusive. Thus, for example, Cj-7 alkyl refers to alkyl of one to seven carbon atoms, inclusive.
[0033] Unless indicated otherwise, superscripts and subscripts are interchangeable. I.e., R8 is the same as R8, and Het1 is the same as Heti, etc.
[0034] The terms "alkyl," "alkenyl," etc. refer to both straight and branched groups, but reference to an individual radical such as "propyl" embraces only the straight chain radical, a branched chain isomer such as "isopropyl" being specifically referred to. The alkyl, alkenyl, etc. group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, aryl, Het1, or Het2. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl. -CH=CH-aryl, - CH=CH-HCt1, -CH2-phenyl, and the like.
[0035] The term "optionally substituted" is intended to mean that a group, such as an alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl group, alkoxy, or acyl, may be substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from, e.g., alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q; halo, cyano (-CN), nitro (-NO2), -SRa, -S(O)R3, -S(O)2R3, -R3, -C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3, -C(O)NRbRc, -C(NRa)NRbRc, -ORa, -OC(O)R3, -OC(O)OR3, -OC(O)NRbRc, -0C(=NRa)NRbR°, -OS(O)R3, -OS(O)2R3, -OS(O)NRbRc, -OS(O)2 NRbRc, -NRbRc, -NRaC(O)Rb, -NRaC(0)0Rb, -NR3C(O)NR5R0, -NR3C(=NRd)NRbR°, -NRaS(O)Rb, -NR3S(O)2R", -NR3S(O)RbRc, or -NRaS(O)2RbRc; wherein each R3, Rb, R°, and Rd is independently hydrogen; Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-J4 aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q; or Rb and R° together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q. As used herein, all groups that can be substituted in one embodiment are "optionally substituted," unless otherwise specified.
[0036] The term "cycloalkyl" means a cyclic saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group of three to six carbon atoms, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. The cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, aryl, Het1, or Het2.
[0037] The term "heteroalkyl" means an alkyl or cycloalkyl group, as defined above, having a substituent containing a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S(O)n, where n is an integer from 0 to 2, including, hydroxy (OH), C1-4alkoxy, amino, thio (-SH), and the like. Representative substituents include -NR3Rb, -OR3, or -S(O)n R0, wherein R3 is hydrogen, Ci- 4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or - COR (where R is C^alkyl); Rb is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, -SO2R (where R is C1-4alkyl or Cj. 4hydroxyalkyl), -SO2NRR' (where R and R' are independently of each other hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl), -CONR' R" (where R' and R" are independently of each other hydrogen or C1- 4alkyl); n is an integer from 0 to 2; and R0 is hydrogen, Ci-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or NR3Rb where R3 and Rb are as defined above. Representative examples include, but are not limited to 2-methoxyethyl (-CH2CH2OCH3), 2-hydroxyethyl (- CH2CH2OH), hydroxymethyl (-CH2OH), 2-aminoethyl (-CH2CH2NH2), 2- dimethylaminoethyl (-CH2CH2NHCH3), benzyloxymethyl, thiophen-2-ylthiomethyl, and the like.
[0038] The term "halo" refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), or iodo (I). [0039] The term "aryl" refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, -Ci-4alkyl, -OH, -OCi-4alkyl, -S(O)nC Malkyl wherein n is 0, 1, or 2, -CMalkylNH2, -NHC1-4alkyl, -C(=O)H, or -C=N- ORd wherein Rd is hydrogen or -Ci-4alkyl.
[0040] The term "heterocyclic ring" refers to an aromatic ring or a saturated or unsaturated ring that is not aromatic of 3 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and S(O)n within the ring, where n is defined above. The heterocyclic ring may be optionally substituted with halo, -C1-4alkyl, -OH, - OCM alkyl, -S(O)nC Malkyl wherein n is 0, 1, or 2, -CMalkylNH2, -NHCi-4alkyl, -C(=O)H, or -C=N-ORd wherein Rd is hydrogen or Ci-4alkyl.
[0041] Examples of heterocylic rings include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, isoxazolinone, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiadiazole tetrazole, thiazolidine, thiophene, benzo[b]thiophene, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as thiamorpholinyl), piperidinyl, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuranyl, 1,3-benzoxazine, l,4-oxazine-3-one, l,3-benzoxazine-4-one, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidine-2-one, oxazolidine-2-one, azepine, perhydroazepine, perhydroazepine-2-one, perhydro- 1 ,4-oxazepine, perhydro- 1 ,4-oxazepine-2-one, perhydro- 1 ,4-oxazepine-3 -one, perhydro-l,3-oxazepine-2-one and the like. Heterocyclic rings include substituted and substituted rings.
[0042] Specifically, Het1 (same as het1) refers to a C-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring. Representative examples of "Het1" include, but are not limited to, pyridine, thiophene, furan, pyrazole, pyrimidine, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 4- oxo-2-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3-isoxaz-olyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 5-pyrazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 4-oxo-2-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 1,2,3-oxathiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2- thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 3 -isothiazole, 4-isothiazole, 5 -isothiazole, 2-furanyl, 3- furanyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-isopyrrolyl, 4-isopyrrolyl, 5-isopyrrolyl, 1, 2,3, -oxathiazole-1 -oxide, l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 5-oxo- l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, l,2,4-thiadiazol-3-yl, l,2,5-thiadiazol-3-yl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 3- oxo-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, l,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-oxo-l,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, l,2,4-triazol-3- yl, l,2,4-triazol-5-yl, l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl and 5- isothiazolyl, 1,3,4,-oxadiazole, 4-oxo-2-thiazolinyl, or 5-methyl-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, thiazoledione, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, or 1 ,2,4-dithiazolone.
[0043] Het2 (same as het2) refers to a N-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having one oxygen or sulfur atom. Representative examples of "Het2" include, but are not limited to pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, and isoxazolidinonyl group.
[0044] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may, but need not, occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "aryl group optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group" means that the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the aryl group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
[0045] Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed "isomers". Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed "stereoisomers".
[0046] Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed "diastereomers" and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed "enantiomers". When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a "racemic mixture".
[0047] The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and Claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
[0048] A "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" means a carrier that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. "A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used in the specification and Claims includes both one and more than one such carrier.
[0049] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; or
(2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
[0050] "Treating" or "treatment" of a disease includes:
(1) preventing the disease, i.e. causing the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a mammal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease,
(2) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms, or
(3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms.
[0051] A "therapeutically effective amount" means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. The "therapeutically effective amount" will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
[0052] "Leaving group" has the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic organic chemistry, i.e., an atom or group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile and includes halogen, Ci-4alkylsulfonyloxy, ester, or amino such as chloro, bromo, iodo, mesyloxy, tosyloxy, trifluorosulfonyloxy, methoxy, N,O-dimethylhydroxyl-amino, and the like.
[0053] "Prodrug" means any compound which releases an active parent drug according to a compound of the subject invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of a compound of the subject invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in a compound of the subject invention in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds of the subject invention wherein a hydroxy, sulfhydryl, amido or amino group in the compound is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxyl, amido, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, benzoate, phosphate or phosphonate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds of the subject invention, and the like.
[0054] The term "mammal" refers to all mammals including humans, livestock, and companion animals.
[0055] The compounds of the present invention are generally named according to the
IUPAC or CAS nomenclature system. Abbreviations which are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be used (e.g. "Ph" for phenyl, "Me" for methyl, "Et" for ethyl,
"h" for hour or hours and "rt" for room temperature).
Illustrative Embodiments
[0056] Within the broadest definition of the present invention, certain compounds of the compounds of formula I may be preferred. Specific and preferred values listed below for radicals, substituents, and ranges, are for illustration only; they do not exclude other defined values or other values within defined ranges for the radicals and substituents.
[0057] In some preferred compounds of the present invention Ci^alkyl can be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and isomeric forms thereof.
[0058] In some preferred compounds of the present invention
Figure imgf000015_0001
can be vinyl, propenyl, allyl, butenyl, and isomeric forms thereof (including cis and trans isomers).
[0059] In some preferred compounds of the present invention C3-6cycloalkyl can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and isomeric forms thereof.
[0060] In some preferred compounds of the present invention Ci-4 heteroalkyl can be hydroxymethyl, hydroxy ethyl, and 2-methoxyethyl.
[0061] In some preferred compounds of the present invention halo can be fluoro (F) or chloro (Cl). [0062] In some preferred compounds of the present invention R1 can be CH2C(^O)C1-
4alkyl or CH2C(=O)OCMalkyl.
[0063] In some preferred embodiments, group R1 is selected from CH2OH,
CH(OH)CH=CH2, or CH(OH)C≡CH.
[0064] In some preferred embodiments, group R1 is selected from CONH2 or
CONHMe.
[0065] In some preferred embodiments, group R1 is selected from CH2NHC(=O)Me,
CH2NHC(K))Et, or CH2NHC(=O)OMe.
[0066] In some preferred embodiments, group R1 is selected from CH2(1, 2,3 -triazol-1- yl) or CH2(4-methyl-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl).
[0067] In some preferred embodiments, group R1 is selected from CH2NH(isoxazol-3- yl), CH2O(isoxazol-3-yl), CH2NH(pyridin-2-yl), or CH2O(pyridin-2-yl), CH2NH(pyridin-3- yl), or CH2O(pyridin-3-yl).
[0068] In some preferred embodiments, groups R4 and R6 are independently selected from H or F.
[0069] In some preferred embodiments, group R4 is H, and group R6 is F.
[0070] In some preferred embodiments, R4 , R5 and R6 independently can be H or F.
[0071] In some preferred embodiments, one of R4 and R5 is H and the other is F.
[0072] In some preferred embodiments, X can be CH, Y can be N, and Z can be C=O.
[0073] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R6 taken together are -NR8C(O)CH2O-
(i.e., perhydro-l,4-oxazine-3-one fused to the aromatic ring).
[0074] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R5 taken together are -NR8C(O)CH2O-
(i.e., perhydro-l,4-oxazine-3-one fused to the aromatic ring).
[0075] In some preferred embodiments R and R taken together are -NR C(=O)O- (i.e., oxazole-3-one fused to the aromatic ring).
[0076] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R5 taken together are -NR8C(O)O-
(i.e., oxazole-3-one fused to the aromatic ring).
[0077] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R6 taken together are -NR8C(=O)CF2-.
[0078] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R5 taken together are -NR8C(=O) CF2-.
[0079] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R6 taken together are -NR8C(=O)CH2-.
[0080] In some preferred embodiments, R7 and R5 taken together are -NR8C(O) CH2-.
[0081] In some preferred embodiments, R can be -Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro (F) or chloro (Cl).
[0082] In some preferred embodiments, R8 can be H, CH3, CHF2, CF3, CHCl2, CH2CF3,
CH2CH3, CH2CHF2, CH2CH2F. [0083] In some preferred embodiments, R8 can be CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, or NH2. [0084] In some preferred embodiments, R8 can be CH=CH-aryl. Specifically, R8 can be CH=CH-HCt1 or CH=CH-Het2.
[0085] In some preferred embodiments, Het1 can be 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 3- isoxazolyl, 4-isoxaz-olyl, 5-isoxaz-olyl, 1,2,3-triazol-l-yl, or l,2,5-thiadiazol-3-yl group. [0086] In some preferred embodiments, Het2 can be pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, and isoxazolidinonyl group. [0087] It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that compounds of the present invention may have additional chiral centers and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. The present invention encompasses any racemic, optically active, tautomeric, or stereoisomeric form, or mixture thereof, of a compound of the invention. [0088] One preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below (wherein the bond with a dotted line represents either single or double bond).
Figure imgf000017_0001
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (4H)-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-7-(4-oxo-3 ,4-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (4H)-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4- a] indole- 1 -carboxamide
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-7-(4-oxo-3 ,4-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l -carboxamide
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (4H)-yl)- 1 ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)propionamide
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-7-(4-oxo-3 ,4-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)propionamide methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (4H)-yl)- 1 ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo-7-(4-oxo-3 ,4-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(4-oxo-3 ,4-dihydropyridin- l(2H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
( 1 S ,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -((isoxazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-7-(4-oxo-3 ,4-dihydropyridin- l(4H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -((isoxazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (4H)-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-l-((isoxazol-3-ylamino)methyl)-7-(4-oxopyridin-l(4H)-yl)-9,9a- dihy drooxazolo [3, 4-a] indol-3 (lH)-one
(lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-l-((isoxazol-3-ylamino)methyl)-7-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydropyridin- l(2H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
[0089] Additional preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000018_0001
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(l-(2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6- fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
(lR,9aS)-7-(l-(2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l-carboxamide
N-(((l S,9aS)-7-( 1 -(2,3 -dihydroxypropanoyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6- fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)propionamide methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(l-(2,3-Dihydroxypropanoyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6- fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate
(1 S,9aS)- 1 -((1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol-l -yl)methyl)-7-(l -(2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)- 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one ( lR,9aS)-7-(l -(2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)- 1,2,3, 6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- ((isoxazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
[0090] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000019_0001
N-(((l S,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(l-(2-hydroxyacetyl)- 1,2,3, 6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3 - oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(l-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo-
1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indole- 1 -carboxamide
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(l-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3- oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)propionamide methyl (((1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(l-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-
3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-( 1 -(2-hydroxyacetyl)- 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-( 1 -(2-hydroxyacetyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)- 1 -
((isoxazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
[0091] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000019_0002
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-3-oxo- 1,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4- a] indole- 1 -carboxamide
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)propionamide methyl (((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-l-((isoxazol-3-yloxy)methyl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
[0092] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000020_0001
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide ( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(3 -(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3 -azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-3 -oxo- 1, 3, 9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l -carboxamide
N-(((l S,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)propionamide methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(3 -(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3 -azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- 3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate (lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one ( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(3 -(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3 -azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- 1 - ((isoxazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one [0093] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000021_0001
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(3,3-dioxo-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
( 1 R,9aS)-7-(3 ,3 -dioxo-3 -thiabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l-carboxamide
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(3,3-dioxo-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)propionamide methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(3 ,3-dioxo-3 -thiabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-
1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-7-(3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6- fluoro-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-7-(3 ,3 -dioxo-3 -thiabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro- 1 -((isoxazol-3 - yloxy)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3( 1 H)-one
[0094] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000021_0002
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide (lR,9aS)-7-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole- 1 -carboxamide N-(((lS,9aS)-7-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)propionamide methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-7-((3 S,4R)-3 ,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate
(1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-((3 S,4R)-3 ,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl)-6- fluoro-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-7-((3 S ,4R)-3 ,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl)-6-fluoro- 1 -((isoxazol-3 - yloxy)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
[0095] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000022_0001
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(2-methylpyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(2-methylpyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)propionamide methyl (((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(2-methylpyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(2-methylpyrrolo[3,4- c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
( 1 S ,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -((isoxazol-3 -ylamino)methyl)-7-(2-methylpyrrolo [3 ,4- c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-l-((isoxazol-3-yloxy)methyl)-7-(2-methylpyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazol-
5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
( 1 R,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 ,2,5 -thiadiazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(2-methylpyrrolo [3 ,4- c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one [0096] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000023_0001
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -(hydroxymethyl)-7-(4-oxopyridin- 1 (4H)-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-l-(hydroxymethyl)-7-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydropyridin-l(2H)-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -(hydroxymethyl)-7-(2H- 1 , 1 -dioxo- 1 ,4-thiazin-4(3H)-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -(hydroxymethyl)-7-( 1 , 1 -dioxo-2,3,5 ,6-tetrahydro- 1 ,4-thiazin-4- yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(l-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-l-
(hydroxymethyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-7-( 1 -(2,3 -dihydroxypropanoyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6-fluoro- 1 -
(hydroxymethyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-l-
(hydroxymethyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
( 1 R,9aS)-6-fluoro- 1 -(hydroxymethyl)-7-(2-methylpyrrolo [3 ,4-c]pyrazol-
5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
(lR,9aS)-7-(l,l-dioxo-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(hydroxymethyl)-
9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
(lR,9aS)-7-(3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(hydroxymethyl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one (lR,9aS)-6-Fluoro-l-(hydroxymethyl)-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3- yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-Fluoro-l-(hydroxymethyl)-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
[0097] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000024_0003
Figure imgf000024_0002
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)propionamide methyl (((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)carbamate
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-
4,5 -dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lS,9aS)-6-Fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3- yl)- 1 -((isoxazol-3 -ylamino)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lR,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3- yl)- 1 -((isoxazol-3 -yloxy)methyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one
(lR,9aS)-l-((l,2,5-thiadiazol-3-yloxy)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(6-((S)-5-
(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4- a] indol-3 (lH)-one [0098] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000025_0001
[0099] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000025_0002
[00100] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000025_0003
[00101] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000026_0001
[00102] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000026_0002
[00103] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is depicted below.
Figure imgf000026_0003
[00104] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000026_0004
[00105] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000027_0001
[00106] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000027_0002
[00107] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000028_0001
[00108] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000028_0002
[00109] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000028_0003
[00110] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000029_0001
[00111] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000029_0002
[00112] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000029_0003
[00113] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000029_0004
[00114] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000030_0001
[00115] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000030_0002
[00116] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000030_0003
[00117] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000031_0001
[00118] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below:
V-N /) (' V-N K I
Figure imgf000031_0003
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0004
N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-( 1 -formyl- 1,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((1 S,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(l -formyl- 1, 2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
4-(( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carbaldehyde;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(l-cyano-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(l -cyano-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-
1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate; 4-(( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo- 1 ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carbonitrile; methyl 4-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate; methyl 4-((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-l-((methoxycarbonylamino)methyl)-3-oxo-l, 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate; methyl 4-(( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo- 1,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate.
[00119] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below:
Figure imgf000032_0001
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-((lR,5S,6s)-6-cyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-
3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((1 S,9aS)-7-(6-((l R,5S,6s)-6-cyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)pyridin-
3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lR,5S,6s)-6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6- carbonitrile;
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(6-(( 1 R,5 S,6s)-3 ,6-dicyano-3 -azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)pyridin-
3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((1 S,9aS)-7-(6-((lR,5S,6s)-3,6-dicyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6- yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)carbamate; ( 1 R,5 S ,6s)-6-(5-(( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6- dicarbonitrile;
(lR,5S,6s)-tert-butyl 6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate;
(lR,5S,6s)-tert-butyl 6-cyano-6-(5-((l S,9aS)-l -((methoxycarbonylamino)methyl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate;
(lR,5S,6s)-tert-butyl 6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-3-oxo-
1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3 - azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate;
2-((lR,5S,6s)-6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-
3-yl)-2-oxoethyl acetate;
2-((lR,5S,6s)-6-cyano-6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-((methoxycarbonylamino)methyl)-3-oxo-
1 ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-
3-yl)-2-oxoethyl acetate;
2-((l R,5S,6s)-6-(5-((l S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-3-oxo- 1 ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-
3-yl)-2-oxoethyl acetate;
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(6-(( 1 R,5 S,6s)-6-cyano-3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3 - azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4- ajindol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl ((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-(6-(( 1 R,5 S,6s)-6-cyano-3 -(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3 - azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4- ajindol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lR,5S,6s)-6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carbonitrile;
N-(((l S,9aS)-7-(6-((lR,5S,6s)-6-cyano-3-formyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-((lR,5S,6s)-6-cyano-3-formyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lR,5S,6s)-6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3-formyl-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carbonitrile.
[00120] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below:
Figure imgf000034_0001
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-( 1 H-tetrazol- 1 -y l)pyridin-3 -y I)-
9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(6-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-
3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-3 -oxo-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
(1 S,9aS)- 1 -((1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)pyridin-3- yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-
3-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(2-(lH-imidazol-l-yl)acetyl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl ((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-(6-(2-( 1 H-imidazol- 1 -yl)acetyl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-(2-( 1 H-imidazol- 1 - yl)acetyl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a]indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5-(moφholinomethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3- yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-
3-oxo-l ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-7-(6-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol-3( 1 H)-one; N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-
3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-
3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-7-(6-(5,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(3-fluoro-4-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)phenyl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(3-fluoro-4-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)phenyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-7-(3-fluoro-4-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)phenyl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -((1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(pyridin-3-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
(lR,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(pyridin-3-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l- carbonitrile.
[00121] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below:
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl)-
9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
( 1 R,9aS)-7-(6-( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l-carboxamide;
( 1 R,9aS)-7-(6-( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)- 1 -((isoxazol-3-yloxy)methyl)-
9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
( 1 S,9aS)-7-(6-( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl)- 1 -((isoxazol-3 -ylamino)methyl)-
9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-(6-(4-(hydroxymethyl)- 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(4-(hydroxymethyl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate; ( 1 S ,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-(4-(hydroxymethyl)- 1 H- 1 ,2,3 - triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((1 S,9aS)-7-(6-(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)- 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3- yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S ,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)- 1 H- l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one. [00122] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below:
N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-(6-( 1 H-tetrazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-6-fluoro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(6-( 1 H-tetrazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-6- fluoro-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(6-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-tetrazol-5 - yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-6-fluoro-3 -oxo-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)- 1,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl ((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(5 -fluoro-6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-6-methyl-3 - oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-6-fiuoro-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
N-(((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-6-fluoro-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
(l S,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-6-fluoro-7-(6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one. [00123] Another preferred group of compounds of the present invention is illustrated below:
N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide;
N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(l-oxo-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide;
N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(l , 1 -dioxo-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-l ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide;
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(3,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(l-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-3-oxo-l, 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(l,l-dioxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; methyl (((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate; methyl (((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(l-oxo-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-l, 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate; methyl ((( 1 S ,9aS)-3 -oxo-7-( 1 , 1 -dioxo-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate; methyl (((1 S,9aS)-7-(3,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-3-oxo-l ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate; methyl ((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-( 1 -oxo-3 ,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate; methyl ((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-( 1 , 1 -dioxo-3 ,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)carbamate;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
(lS,9aS)-l-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)methyl)-7-(l-oxo-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-
9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-( 1 , 1 -dioxo-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4- yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-(3 ,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)-9,9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one; ( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-( 1 -oxo-3 ,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran-4- yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one;
( 1 S,9aS)- 1 -(( 1 H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- 1 -yl)methyl)-7-( 1 , 1 -dioxo-3 ,6-dihydro-2H-thiopyran- 4-yl)-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H)-one.
[00124] Additionally, several anti-infective oxazolidinones structures lacking the novel CR2R3 group (featured in compounds of the present invention) between the position 4 of the oxazolidinone ring and the ortho (in relation to above ring) position of the N-phenyl substituent have been described in patent publications WO 01/94342, WO 2005/058886, US 6,689,779, WO 97/30995, WO 99/64417, WO 01/40236, WO 01/81350, WO 02/080841, WO 02/081468, WO 02/081469, WO 02/081470, WO 03/072575, WO 03/035648, WO 2004/048350, WO 2004/048370, WO 2004/048392, WO 2004/056816, WO 2004/056817, WO 2004/056818, WO 2004/078753, WO 2004/083205, WO 2004/083206, US 6,734,200, US 6,638,955, US 7,141,583, US 7,157,482, US 7,186,738, US 7,192,974, WO 03/027083, WO 03/048136, WO 2005/005398, 2005/005399, 2005/005420, WO 2005/005422, WO 2005/005398, WO 2004/029066, WO 2004/078770, WO 2005/012270, WO 2005/012271, WO 2005/019211, WO 2005/042554, WO 2005/049632, WO 2005/061468, WO 2005/118610, WO 2006/022794, WO 2006/133397, WO 2007/133803, WO 2004/087697 , WO 2004/089943, WO 2004/089944, KR 2001/075920, WO 2004/099199, WO 2004/101552, WO 2004/113329, WO 2005/003087, WO 2005/019213, WO 2005/028473, DE 10342292, WO 2005/042523, WO 2005/054234, WO 2005/070940, WO 2005/082897, WO 2005/082899, WO 2005/082900, WO 2005/113520, WO 2005/116021, WO 2005/116017, WO 2005/116022, WO 2005/116023, WO 2006/010756, US 2006/030609, WO 2006/018682, WO 2006/035283, WO 2006/038100, WO 2006/043121, WO 2006/051408, US 2006105941, WO 2006/056875, WO 2006/056877, KR 2004035207, KR 2004090065, KR 2005020083, KR 2006035035, WO 2006/106427, WO 2006/106426, WO 2006/109156, KR 2006033300, WO 2007/00043, WO 2007/000644, WO 2007/00404, WO 2007/004037, WO 2007/004032, KR 2006092382, IN 2002MU00099, IN 2000MA00369, WO 2007/023507, IN 2004CH00295, IN 2001DE00827, CN 1948306, IN 2005MU01200, WO 2007/093904, WO 2007/1 14326, WO 2007/116960, CN 101054374, WO 2007/138381, WO 2008/010070, and WO 2008/014108. It is understood that useful novel derivatives of these structures featuring the new CR2R3 group bridge are included within the scope of the present invention. Said novel oxazolidinone derivatives are produced using a combination of techniques described in above publications with general synthetic methods of the present invention (see below, General Synthetic Methods, examples of Schemes 1- 13). In addition, the novel compounds of the present invention offer certain advantage(s) over aforementioned prior art analogs (not containing the new group CR2R3), such as an improved pharmacological property(ies) in vitro or in vivo, including safety and tolerability. For example, a reduced propensity to undesired monoamine oxidase inhibition (MOA-I) is achieved in compounds of the present invention (see below, MOA-I data for select Examples of the Table 1). For the antibacterial therapeutic agent, lower levels of MAO inhibition are desired, as illustrated by the serotonin syndrome precaution on the prescribing information for the drug Zyvox™, the active ingredient of which is the oxazolidinone linezolid.
[00125] In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of synthesis of a compound of formula formula XXVIII comprising reacting a compound of formula XXVII with a reducing agent to yield a compound of formula XXVIII:
Figure imgf000040_0001
XXVII XXVIII ; wherein R4, R5, and R6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH3, or OH; R15 is OH, N(Me)OMe, OC1-4alkyl, 3 to 6-membered N-heterocycle, or Ar; AIk is C^alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, CH2Ar; and R16 is H, halo, NH2, NO2, R7, Het1, or Her2. In certain aspects, the compound of formula XXVII is in enantiomeric excess > 85%. In certain aspects, the reducing agent is LiAlH4, diisobutylaluminum hydride, or a like reducing agent apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the yield of the compound of formula XXVIII is at least 50%. In certain aspects, R4 = R5 = R6 = R16 = H; R15 is N(Me)OMe; and AIk is CH2Ph. In certain aspects, the compounds of formula XXVII and XXVIII have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
[00126] In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of synthesis of a compound of formula XXIX comprising reacting a compound of formula XXVIII with trialkylsilylcyanide to form the compound of formula XXIX:
Figure imgf000040_0002
XXVIII XXIX
In certain aspects, the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of LiF, or a like common fluoride source apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of HCN, or a like common cyanide source apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst. In certain aspects, the Lewis acid catalyst is selected from an optically active magnesium (II), aluminum (III), boron (III), lanthanide (III), tin (II), titanium (IV), vanadium (IV), yttrium (IV), or zirconium (IV) complex. In certain aspects, the silicon group on the compound of formula XXIX is optionally removed with an acid or a like reagent apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the yield of the compound of formula XXIX is at least 35%. In certain aspects, the compound of formula XXIX has an optical purity of at least 80%. In certain aspects, R4 = R5 = R6= R16 = H; R15 is N(Me)OMe; and AIk is CH2Ph. In certain aspects, the compounds of formula XXVIII and XXIX have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
[00127] In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of synthesis of a compound of formula XXX comprising N-deprotecting a compound of formula XXIX, followed by cyclizing the product:
Figure imgf000041_0001
In certain aspects, the compound of formula XXIX is optically active. In certain aspects, the cyclization uses phosgene, or a like reagent apparent to those of skill in the art. In certain aspects, the yield of the compound of formula XXX is at least 50%. In certain aspects, R4 = R5 = R6= R16 = H; R15 is N(Me)OMe; and AIk is CH2Ph. In certain aspects, the compounds of formula XXIX and XXX have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
General Synthetic Methods
[00128] The compounds of this invention can be prepared in accordance with one or more of the Schemes discussed below. Syntheses of certain specific intermediates are precedented in the prior art. For example, the synthesis of the key intermediate 1 (R4 = R5 R6 = H) has been described by Gleave and Brickner [J. Org. Chem., 1996, v. 61, pp. 647- 6474].
Figure imgf000042_0001
[00129] Scheme 1: a) Nitrating agent: HNO3/H2SO4 or HNO3/trifluoroacetic anhydride, or alike; b) reducing agent: Fe/aq. NH4Cl or SnCl2, or alike; c) an appropriate amine group modifying reagent: e.g., O2S(CH2CH2Cl)^aSe (e.g. K2CO3) for R7 = thiomorpholine S,S-dioxide; gamma-pyrone for R7 = gamma-pyridone; O(CH2CH2Cl)2/base (e.g. K2CO3) for R7 = morpholine; acylating agent CMalkyl-COCl/base (e.g., TEA) for R7 = NHCOC i^alkyl; acylating agent Het'-COCl/base (e.g., TEA) for R7 = NHCOHet1 .
Figure imgf000042_0002
[00130] Scheme 2. a) alkylating agent: e.g. AlkCHO/NaBH3CN/AcOH or alkyl halide/base (e.g., K2CO3); b) ClCH2COCl/base (e.g., K2CO3); c) Lewis acid: e.g. TiCl4, or BF3 etherate, or AlCl3, or Yb(OTf)3; or Pd(II) reagent, such as Pd(OAc)2 with phosphine or phosphinyl ligand (e.g. 2-[(t-butyl)phosphinyl]biphenyl), base (e.g., TEA).
Figure imgf000042_0003
[00131] Scheme 3. a) N-Bromosuccinimide (NBS); b) Het'-B(OH)2 or Het1-
B(OAIk)2 e.g. boronic ester picolinate or alike, Pd catalyst (e.g. PdCl2(dppf)DCM or alike); c) HCl; d) appropriate acylating agent: e.g. R8COCl/base (e.g., K2CO3)Or R8C00H/HATU/DIEA for W = O; for R8C(=S)SMe/base (e.g., DIEA) for W = S; e) TsNHN=C(CHCl2)Alk/base (e.g., K2CO3)
Figure imgf000043_0001
[00132] Scheme 5. a) BoC2O, base (NaH or DMAP); b) [R(nbd)2] SbF6-PhTRAP-Cs-
2CO3, H2, isopropanol; c) DIBAL; d) PGOCH2MgX (wherein PG is a protective group, such as THP, TBS or alike, and X is Halo; e) base (e.g., DMAP); f) TFA, then N, N'- carbonyldiimidazole, base (e.g., TEA or alike); g) nitrating agent: HNO3/H2SO4 or HNO3/trifluoroacetic anhydride, or alike; h) deprotection: e.g., TFA for PG = THP, or TBAF for PG = TBS
Figure imgf000043_0002
[00133] Scheme 6. a) Reducing agent (e.g. Fe/NH4C1); b) alkylating agent: e.g.
AlkCHO/NaBH3CN/AcOH or alkyl halide/base (e.g., K2CO3); c) ClCH2COClftase (e.g., K2CO3); d) Pd(II) reagent, such as Pd(OAc)2 with phosphine or phosphinyl ligand (e.g. 2- [(t-butyl)phosphinyl]biphenyl), base (e.g., TEA); e) deprotection: e.g., TFA for PG = THP, or TBAF for PG = TBS; f) Het'OH or Het2OH, Mitsunobu reagents (e.g., triphenylphosphine, DIAD, base).
Figure imgf000044_0001
[00134] Scheme 7. a) NaNO2, HCl, then SnCl2; or ArSO2ONH2; b)
MeC(=O)CO2Alk, heating (Fisher indole synthesis).
Figure imgf000044_0002
[00135] Scheme 8. a) CH2(CO2AIk)2, KOH; b) H2, PtO2. [00136] In one preferred embodiment, the synthesis of the compounds of formula I is performed using optically active (S)-indoline-2-carboxylic acid derivatives as shown in Scheme 9 below. Specific N-Cbz group at the indoline nitrogen is provided herein as an example only, and can be substituted for a multitude of common alkyl carbamate groups (e.g., i-Pr, Me, or Et carbamate). The Scheme is generally applicable to a multitude of variously substituted aromatic derivatives 26 to arrive at respective compounds of formula I exemplified herein by structures 37, 39, and 42.
Figure imgf000045_0001
[00137] Scheme 9. a) Cbz-Cl, DIEA; b) carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), MeNHOMe, DIEA; c) reduction: e.g., LAH or DIBAL-H; d) TMSCN, LiF; e) deprotection: e.g. TFA or TBAF; f) Reduction: e.g. BH3 Me2S or H2, Pt/C or Pd/C; g) acylating agent: e.g. R8COCl/base (e.g., K2CO3) or R8COOH/HATU/DIEA for W - O; for R8C(=S)SMe/base (e.g., DIEA) for W = S; h) base, e.g. K2CO3; i) HNO3; j) reduction: H2, Pt/C or Pd/C; or Fe/NH4C1; k) NBS; 1) for R8C(=W) = Boc: TFA; for R8C(=W) = Ac: aq. HCl or aq. - alcohol HCl; then base (e.g., K2CO3); m) TsNHN=C(CHCl2)R/base (e.g., K2CO3).. [00138] In another preferred embodiment, the synthesis of the compounds of formula I is performed as illustrated in Scheme 10. This synthesis is based on the chiral cyanohydrine derivatives 31 of the preceding Scheme 9. Alternatively, racemic (at indoline CH) cyanohydrine analogs of 31 can be cyclized into respective racemic oxazolidinone analogs of 37 and then separated by conventional means (such as column chromatography or chrystallization) to afford the desired compounds 32. The latter intermediates are then transformed into the desired compounds of formula I as per Scheme 10 below.
Figure imgf000046_0001
[00139] Scheme 10. a) H2, Pd/C; b) COCl2, carbonyldiimidazole, or triphosgene, base (e.g., TEA); c) base (e.g. K2CO3, LiOBu-t, DMAP); d) reducing agent: e.g. H2 with Pd/C or Pt/C; or BH3 Me2S; e) for R1 = CH2NHC(^W)R8: acylating agent: e.g. R8COCl/base (e.g., K2CO3) or R8COOH/2-(lH-7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyl uronium hexafluorophosphate(HATU)/N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) for W = O; for R8C(=S)SMe/base (e.g., DIEA) for W = S; f) for R1 = 4-R-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl: TsNHN=C(CHCl2)R/base (e.g., K2CO3); g) nitrating agent: HNO3/H2SO4 or HNO3/trifluoroacetic anhydride, or alike; h) N-bromosuccinimide; i) reducing agent: e.g. BH3 Me2S or alike; j) nitrile-hydrolyzing agent: e.g. aq. H2SO4 or aq. HCl, or TMSCl, aq. alcohol; or H2O2, LiOH or KOH. .
[00140] Importantly, invented herein synthetic methods of above Schemes 9 and 10 employ new chemistry and are economically advantageous vs. the prior art synthesis involving asymmetric starting materials. Specifically, the method of present invention is superior to that of the US Pat. 5,231,188 in terms of the number of synthetic steps, the process duration, and separation techniques required. In particular, the prior art necessitated an indole 2-carboxylate reduction into an achiral mixture of indoline 2-carboxylate derivative, not required herein. Furthermore, at the stage of achiral indoline analog of the amine 32 (of Scheme 9), a laborious enantiomer separation via crystallization with an asymmetric auxiliary reagent was required in the method by Brickner et al. as described in US Pat. 5,231,188 (no yields provided therein). In contrast, only simple chromatographic separation is needed in the method of this invention to isolate the key optically pure intermediates 31. [00141] Moreover, the method of Scheme 9 utilizes unprecedented and highly efficient synthesis of cyanohydrines 31 via a facile formation of a silicon ether precursor 30 using trimethylsilyl cyanide (TMSCN) and LiF. In contrast to the acetone cyanohydrine method of the patent US Pat. 5,231,188 featuring a 3 -day process, the new method of the present invention employs a commercially available reagent TMSCN (or any other (trisubstituted)silyl cyanide) to afford the desired intermediate in quantitative yields after only 1-12 h reaction under ambient conditions. The method also permits for a use of chiral catalysts (e.g. taddol - Ti(IV), tartrate - Ti(IV), or triol - Ti(IV) complexes, asymmetric boron catalysts, and alike) employed at the cyanohydrine formation stage to afford the desired stereoisomer in a stereoselective manner (as reviewed for asymmetric cyanohydrine syntheses with TMSCN by Brunei and Holmes in Angew. Chemie, 2004, 2753). Other than TMSCN cyanide sources may be used likewise for the asymmetric formation of cyanohydrins 31. The new methods of Schemes 9 and 10 also compares favorably to a different (Sharpless oxidation) multi-step asymmetric route to related intermediates described by Gleave and Brickner in J. Org. Chem., 1996, v. 61, pp. 647-6474. [00142] Certain preferred fluorinated compounds of the formula I can be made either using respective fluorine-substituted starting materials per Schemes 1-10 (if one, two, or all Of R4, R5, or R6 are F), or produced via a direct fluorination of aniline derivatives (such as compounds 3 and 36 of Schemes 1 and 9), or amide (e.g. trifiuoroacetamide) derivatives thereof (e.g., using CF3OF as described by Fifolt in US Pat. 4,766,243). Alternatively, these can be produced per Scheme 11, via a 2-step process involving an ortho-lithiation of a respective alkyl carbamate derivatives (as described by Pinto et al. in Organic Letters, 2006, p. 4929), followed by a fluorination using one of several commercially available electrophilic fluorine sources, such as SelectfluorR (Chung et al. in J. Fluorine Chem., 2004, p. 543), N-fluorobenzenesulfonamide (Aldrichimica Acta, 1995, vol. 28, p. 36), CF3OF (Middleton et al. in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1980, p. 4845), N-fluoropyridinium salts (Umemoto et al. in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1990, p. 8563), or alike reagents capable of a carbanion fluorination (see e.g. Umemoto et al. in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1990, p. 8563, and references cited therein).
Figure imgf000048_0001
[00143] Scheme 11. a) BoC2O, DIEA; b) base: e.g. sec-BuLi, sec-BuLi/N,N,N',N'- tetrameylenediamine, or tert-BuLi; c) fluorinating reagent: e.g. SelectfluorR, N- fluorobenzenesulfonamide, N-fluoropyridinium triflate or alike; d) TFA; e) NaNO2, HBr or tert-BuONO, CuBr2.
[00144] It is to be noted that intermediates of the type 22 (aniline) and 24 (nitroarene) of Schemes 7 and 8 are ubiquitous in oxazolidinone literature, and variety of these bearing a multitude of suitable R4-R7 substituents can be prepared as described, e.g., in the following publications: WO 9323384, WO 20028084, WO 2003072553, WO 2003072576, WO 2003072575, WO 200142229, WO 200264575, WO 9615130, WO 200216960, WO 200027830, WO 200146185, WO 200281469, WO 200281470, WO 2001080841, WO 2003084534, WO 2003093247, WO 200202095, WO 200230395, WO 200272066, WO 2003063862, WO 2003072141, WO 2003072081, WO 20031 19817, WO 2003008389, WO 2003007870, WO 200206278, WO 200032599, WO 9924428, WO 2004014392, WO 2004002967, WO 2004009587, WO 2004018439, WO 2004074282, US Patent Application Publication No. US 2004/0044052, US Patent No. 5547950, US Patent No. 5700799, DE 10034627. Furthermore, the hydroxymethyl group (R1 = CH2OH) of compounds 20 can be transformed into a variety of desired R1 substituents just as described, for example, in aforementioned publications.
[00145] Select compounds I of the present invention can be produced and utilized in a prodrug form to maximize certain useful pharmarcological properties such as aqueous solubility for injections, or oral bioavailability for administration in a tablet, powder, or gel forms. Various prodrug forms can be made and employed, such as carboxylic acid and amino acid esters, carbamates, or phosphate ester derivatives known in the art (for a review, see e.g. Ettmayer et al. J. Med. Chem., 2004, p. 2393). An example for general synthesis of such compounds and phosphate prodrugs thereof is illustrated by Scheme 12. Specific preferred boronic ester of the intermediate 57 shown herein as an example only, and can be substituted by a variety of similar derivatives known in the carbon-carbon bond forming chemistry, such as boronic acid, tin derivatives, etc. (for a review, see e.g. Rossi et al. Synthesis, 2004, p. 2419).
Figure imgf000049_0001
60
[00146] Scheme 12. a) Phosphorylating reagents: e.g., pyrophosphate [(RO)2P(=O)]2O, base (e.g., NaH, LDA, or l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU); b) deprotection: for R = PhCH2: H2, Pd/C; for R = t-Bu: trifluoroacetic acid (TFA); c) basic sodium source: e.g. NaOH, NaOAc, NaHCO3, or Na2CO3.
[00147] Additional prodrug derivatives have been reported in WO 05/028473. Likewise, certain prodrugs of compounds of the present invention can be prepared herein as shown in Scheme 13, wherein AIk1 and AIk2 are alkyl groups, most commonly being C1-4 alkyl and alike.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Made as per Scheme 3
Figure imgf000050_0002
Made as per Scheme 11 HCI
Figure imgf000050_0003
[00148] Scheme 13. a) (t-BuOC(=O))2O (BoC2O), Boc-ON, or alike; base (e.g., NaHCO3, DIEA, or alike); b) Cl(C=O)OCH(Alki)Cl, base (e.g., NaHCO3, LiOBu-t, DIEA, or l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU); c) trifluoroacetic acid (TFA); d) acylating agent: e.g. R8C(^O)Cl, R8OC(=O)C1, or R8C(=0)0H, HATU or HBTU, DIEA; e) BocNHCH(Alk2)COOH metal salt (e.g. Na, K, Cs, or Ag salt), optional NaI, KI, or CsI; f) HCl in dioxane, ether, or alike solvent.
EXAMPLES
[00149] Embodiments of the present invention are described in the following examples, which are meant to illustrate and not limit the scope of this invention.
[00150] Example 1. Preparation of N-(C(I S,9aSV7-(6-r2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5- vDpyridin-S-vD-S-oxo-KS^^a-tetrahvdrooxazolorSΛ-alindol-l-vπmethvDacetamide:
Figure imgf000051_0001
Step 1. Preparation of (S)-I -(benzyloxycarbonyl)indoline-2-carboxylic acid [00151] Cbz-Cl (20 niL, 0.13 mol) in MeCN (50 mL) was added dropwise to (S)- indoline-2-carboxylic acid(20 g, 0.12 mol) and DIEA (43 mL, 0.25 mol) in MeCN (350 mL) at 5-10 0C over 20 min. The mixture was allowed to warm up r.t. After 3 h, volatiles were removed under vacuum. The oily residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 1% aq. HCl, water, brine, and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the product as a thick oil that crystallized in refrigerator into a brown solid. Yield 35 g (100%).
Step 2. Preparation of (SVbenzyl 2-(methoxy(methyDcarbamovDindoline-l-carboxylate [00152] CDI (14.2 g, 0.087 mol) was added to (S)-l-(benzyloxycarbonyl)indoline-2- carboxylic acid (20 g, 0.067 mol) in DCM (150 mL) at -5 0C, and the solution was kept at - 50C for 1 h. DIEA (15.3 mL, 0.087 mol) was added, followed by N,O- dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (8.5 g, 0.087 mol). The mixture was allowed to warmed up to r.t. and stirred for 30 min, then filtered and washed with EtOAc to obtain (S)- benzyl 2-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)indoline-l-carboxylate as a white solid (20 g, yield: 88%). [αfci D -73.3° (C=0.5, DCM).
Step 3. Preparation of (S)-benzyl 2-formylindoline-l-carboxylate
[00153] DIBAL-H in toluene (353 mL, 0.35 mol) was added dropwise with stirring under Ar to (S)-benzyl 2-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)indoline-l-carboxylate (40 g, 0.12 mol) in dry THF (800 mL) at -78 0C over 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0C for 1 h, then allowed to warm up to -30 0C overl h and stirred for an additional 30 min. Cold MeOH (20 niL) was added, then 2M HCl (200 niL) was added. The product was extracted with EtOAc (1000 rnL). The organic layer was washed with 2M HCl (2 x 200 mL) and brine (200 mL), and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum to afford an oil. Purification by chromatography (silica gel, petroleum ether : EtOAc = 8:1) afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (27.2 g, yield: 82%).
Step 4. Preparation of (2SVbenzyl 2-(cvano(trimethylsilyloxy)methyl)indoline-l- carboxylate
[00154] (S)-Benzyl 2-formylindoline-l-carboxylate (25.9 g, 0.092 mol) and LiF (3.5 g, 0.183 mol) were dissolved in THF (200 mL) under Ar, then TMSCN (17 mL, 0.183 mol) was added with stirring. Theresulting was stirred at r.t. for 5 h under Ar. Volatiles were removed under vacuum to afford the product as an oil, which was directly used in the next step without further purification.
Step 5. Preparation of (S)-benzyl 2-((R)-cyano(hvdroxy)methyl')indoline-l-carboxylate [00155] TFA (38 mL) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of (2S)-benzyl 2- (cyano(trimethylsilyloxy)methyl)indoline-l-carboxylate in THF, and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 12 h. Excess of EtOH was added, and the volatiles removed to afford an oil. Purification by chromatography (silica gel, petroleum ether : EtOAc 8:1 ) afforded a solid, which was crystallized with petroleum ether/EtOAc: 12/1 to afford desired (S)-benzyl 2-((R)-cyano(hydroxy)methyl)indoline-l-carboxylate [1O g, yield: 35% (for two steps)]. [CX]21 D -46.9° (C=0.5, EtOH). MS (m/z): 309 [M+H]+.
Step 6. Preparation of (S)-benzyl 2-(CSV2-amino-l-hvdroxyethyl)indoline-l-carboxylate [00156] 2 M Borane-dimethylsulfϊde in THF (24 mL, 48 mmol) was added to a solution of (S)-benzyl 2-((R)-cyano(hydroxy)methyl)indoline-l-carboxylate in dry THF (50 mL) at r.t.. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for an additional 30 min, then which was cooled to r.t. and directly used in the next step without further purification.
Step 7. Preparation of (S)-benzyl 2-((SV2-acetamido-l-hvdroxyethyl')indoline-l- carboxylate
[00157] Ac2O (40 mL) was added to the solution of the (S)-benzyl 2-((S)-2-amino-l - hydroxyethyl)indoline-l-carboxylate witn stirring. Agitation was continued for 2 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product purified chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc) to afford the product as a white solid. Yield 8.8 g, 77% (for two steps)]. MS (m/z): 355 [M+H]+. Step 8. Preparation of N-(r(lS,9aSV3-oxo-1.3.9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3.4-alindol-l- yPmethvDacetamide
[00158] To a solution of (S)-benzyl 2-((S)-2-acetamido- 1 -hydroxy ethyl)indoline- 1 - carboxylate (10 g, 28.2 mmol) in MeCN (100 niL) was added K2CO3 (3.9 g, 28.2 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 450C overnight. Filtration, concentration and purification by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a white solid. Yield 6,6 g, 96%). [α]2i D -62.4 ° (C=0.44, DCM). MS (m/z): 247 [M+H]+.
Step 9. Preparation of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-a1indol-
1 -vOmethvPacetamide
[00159] To a solution of N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide (9.5 g, 0.039 mol) in MeCN (100 mL)was added N-bromosuccinimide (8.9 g, 0.05 mol) and (PhCOO)2 (0.9 g, 3.9 mmol). After having been stirred at r.t. overnight, the solution was evaporated under vacuum. Purification by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc) afforded the title compound (9.5 g, yield: 76%). [α]22 D-22.9 °(C=0.5, DCM).
Step 10. Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(2H-tetrazol-5-vP pyridine
[00160] To the solution of 5-bromopicolinonitrile (2.33 g, 12.7 mmol) in DMF (26 mL) was added NH4Cl (2.18 g, 40.7 mmol) and NaN3 (1.24 g, 19.1 mmol) at r.t.and the mixture was heated to 120 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water (100 mL) and acidified to pH=2 with 6N HCl, stirred for 1 h, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phases were combined, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum to give crude 5-bromo-2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine in 3.15g, which was used for next step without further purification.
Step 11. Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine [00161] To the solution of crude 5-bromo-2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine(3.15 g,.13.9 mmol) in DMF (32 mL) was added MeI (7.92 g, 55.8 mmol) and KOH (1.95 g, 34.8 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 23 h at r.t.. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue, further purified by flash column chromatography (hexanes - EtOAc from 50: 1 to 10:1) to give 5-bromo-2- (2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine as yellow solid (1.32 g, 43% yield over 2 steps) and 5- bromo-2-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine as a white solid (0.97 g, 32% yield, 2 steps). Step 12. Preparation of 2-f2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yiy5-f4A5.5-tetramethyl-l.,3.2- dioxaborolan-2-yl*)pyridine
[00162] To the solution of 5-bromo-2-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine (480 mg, 2 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) was added pinacol diborane (1.02 g, 4 mmol), KOAc (588 mg, 6 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (160 mg, 0.2 mmol), degassed with N2. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum, then purified by prep-TLC (hexanes - EtOAc) to give 2-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine as white solid (380 mg, 66% yield).
Step 13. Preparation of N-(T(I S.9aSV7-(6-f2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yr)pyridin-3-ylV3-oxo-
13,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-vDmethv0acetamide
[00163] To the solution of 2-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (128 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5:1, 5 mL) was added N- (((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (100 mg, 0.31 mmol), K2CO3 (128 mg, 0.93 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (25 mg, 0.03 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM/ MeOH(2:l, 20 mL),filteredand evaporated under vacuum, then purified by preparative TLC (2-10% MeOHin DCM) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-7- (6-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- l-yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid (110 mg, 87% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO- d6300MHz): 9.12-9.1 1 (m, IH), 8.36-8.27 (m, 3H), 7.80-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.37 (m,lH), 4.77-4.74 (m, IH), 4.57-4.55 (m, IH), 4.45 (s, 3H), 3.56-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.17 (m, 2H), 1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 406.1 [M+H]+.
[00164] Example 2. Preparation of N-(f(l S,9aSV7-(6-α-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5- ylWridin-3-ylV3-oxo-13,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3Λ-a1indol-l-yDmethvDacetamide:
Figure imgf000055_0002
DCM
Figure imgf000055_0001
Step 1. Preparation of 2-O-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yly5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl')pyridine
[00165] To the solution of 5-bromo-2-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridine (200 mg, 0.83 mmol, prepared as described in Example 1, Step 11) in dioxane (2 mL) was added pinacol diborane (270 mg, 1.06 mmol), KOAc (270 mg, 2.75 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (60 mg, 0.07 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum, then purified by preparation TLC to give 2- (l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine as white solid (170 mg, 71% yield).
Step 2 N-(Tf 1 S.9aS V7-f 6-f 1 -methyl- 1 H-tetrazol-5 -vnpyridin-3 -ylV3 -oxo- 1.3 ,9,9a- tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l-yl)methvQacetamide
[00166] To the solution of 2-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (99 mg, 0.34 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5:1, 5 mL) was added N- (((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (86 mg, 0.26 mmol), K2CO3 (110 mg, 0.79 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (22 mg, 0.03 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM - MeOH 2:1 (20 mL), filtered and evaporated under vacuum, then the residue was purified by preparative TLC (hexanes - EtOAc) to give N- (((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid (83 mg, 78% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300MHz): 8.94-8.93 (m, IH), 8.30-8.27 (m, IH), 8.01-7.98 (m, IH), 7.54- 7.49 (m,3H), 6.11-6.07 (m, IH), 4.66-4.56 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.79 (m, IH), 3.74- 3.67 (m, IH), 3.44-3.36 (m, IH), 3.24-3.15 (m, IH), 2.07 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 406.1[M+H]+.
[00167] Example 3. N-(TO S.9aS>3-oxo-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3-vnpyridin-3-ylV 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vQmethvPacetamide :
Figure imgf000056_0001
DCM
Figure imgf000056_0002
Step 1. Preparation of 2-chloroethyl 5-bromopyridin-2-ylcarbamate [00168] The mixture of 5-bromopyridin-2-amine (2.6 g, 15 mmol) and CaCO3 (3.75 g, 37.5 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL) was heated to 70 0C and 2-chloroethyl carbonochloridate (5 mL) was added slowly over 30 min, stirred overnight at 70 0C. Then the reaction was filtered while still hot and evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow solid. Recrystallized with MeOH/DCM(l :3) to give 2-chloroethyl 5-bromopyridin-2-ylcarbamate as a white solid (1.98 g, 47% yield ).
Step 2. Preparation of 3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)oxazolidin-2-one [00169] To the solution ofNH3/MeOH (40 mL) in 200 mL autoclave was added 2- chloroethyl 5-bromopyridin-2-ylcarbamate (1.98 g, 7 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 12O0C for 3 h. Cooled to r.t, filtered and evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow solid, which was dissolved in 200 mL of DCM, treated with active carbon, passed through a sillica gel pad, and evaporated under vacuum to give 3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)oxazolidin-2-one a white solid (468 mg, 60% yield ).
Step 3. Preparation of 3-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl*)pyridin-2- yl)oxazolidin-2-one
[00170] To the solution of 3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)oxazolidin-2-one (486 mg, 2 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was added pinacol diborane (1.02 g, 4.0 mmol), KOAc (588 mg, 6 mmol) and PdCl2dppfDCM (160 mg, 0.2 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 8O0C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM(IOO mL) and washed with sat. aq. NaCl solution (100 mL x2), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep. TLC (hexanes - EtOAc) to give 3-(5-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)oxazolidin-2-one as white solid (187 mg, 32% yield). Step 4. Preparation of N-(Y(I S,9aSV3-oxo-7-(6-f2-oxooxazolidin-3-yr)pyridin-3-yl*)-
1 ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3.4-a1indol-l -vOmethvPacetamide
[00171] To the solution of 3-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2- yl)oxazolidin-2-one (133 mg, 0.46 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5:1, 5 mL) was added N- (((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (125 mg, 0.38 mmol), K2CO3 (158 mg, 1.14 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (30 mg, 0.04 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM/MeOH 2: 1 (20 mL), filtered and evaporated under vacuum, then purified by preparative TLC to give N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(6-(2- oxooxazolidin-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid (82 mg, 53% yield). 1H NMR (DMSOd6300MHz): 8.65-8.64 (m, IH), 8.30-8.26 (m, IH), 8.16-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.57 (m,2H), 7.34-7.31 (m, IH), 4.74-4.70 (m, IH), 4.55-4.45 (m, 3H), 4.23-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.24 (m, 2H), 1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 409.1 [M+H]+.
[00172] Example 4. Preparation of N-(((lS.9aSV7-(6-(lH-tetrazol-l-vnpyridin-3-vn-3- oxo- 1 ,3.9.9a-tetrahydrooxazolor3 ,4-al indol- 1 -yPmethyDacetamide :
Figure imgf000057_0001
Step 1. Preparation of 5 -bromo-2-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridine
[00173] To the solution of 5-bromopyridin-2-amine (3.3 g, 19 mmol) in AcOH (14 mL) was added NaN3 (1.43 g, 22 mmol) and HC(OMe)3 (3.5 mL) and the mixture was warmed up to 8O0C for 5 h. Cooled to r.t, the reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuum and dissolved in water, extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3) , washed with IN HCl (100 mL x 2), sat. aq. NaHCO3 (100 mL), brine (100 mL), and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated to give a white solid. This was washed with EtOAc/hexanes (1 : 1) to afford 5-bromo-2-(lH- tetrazol-l-yl)pyridine as a white solid (3.69 g, 87% yield). Step 2. Preparation of 5-(4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-1.3.2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-αH-tetrazol-l- yPpyridine
[00174] To the solution of 5-bromo-2-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridine (80 mg, 0.36 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added pinacol diborane (100 mg, 0.39 mmol), KOAc (100 mg, 1.08 mmol) and PdC12(dppf)DCM (10 mg, 0.01 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 8O0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM(IOO mL), filtered and evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow solid, purified by preparative TLC (solvent system here) to give 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-(lH- tetrazol-l-yl)pyridine as white solid (48 mg, 49% yield).
Step 3. Preparation of N-(fαS.9aSV7-f6-αH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-vn-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a1indol-l-yl)methyl*)acetarnide
[00175] To the solution of 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-(lH- tetrazol-l-yl)pyridine (69 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5:1, 4 mL) was added N- (((l S,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (128 mg, 0.25 mmol), K2CO3 (105 mg, 0.75 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (25 mg, 0.03 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 8O0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM/MeOH 2:1 (20 mL), filtered, and evaporated under vacuum, then purified by preparative TLC (solvent system here) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6- ( 1 H-tetrazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid (82 mg, 57% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6300MHz): 10.20 (s, IH), 8.93 (s, IH), 8.45-8.41 (m, IH), 8.29-8.27 (m, IH), 8.13-8.10 (m, IH), 7.78- 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.37 (m, IH), 4.77-4.73 (m, IH), 4.61-4.52 (m, IH), 3.56-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.27 (m, 2H), 1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 391.9 [M+H]+.
[00176] Example 5. Preparation of N-((αS,9aSV7-(2-methylpyrrolor3.4-c1pyrazol- 5 (2H,4H,6H>yQ-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vPmethvDacetamide :
Figure imgf000058_0001
Step 1. Preparation of dimethyl lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate [00177] To the solution of diazomethane (-218 mmol) in Et2O (600 mL) was added dimethyl but-2-ynedioate (31 g, 218 mmol) dropwise over 1 h at 0 0C. Then the mixture was filtered and washed with Et2O to give dimethyl lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate as white crystals (17.4 g, 44% yield).
Step 2. Preparation of dimethyl 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate [00178] To the solution of dimethyl lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate(14.72 g,.8O mmol) in THF (500 mL) was added NaH (60%, 3.84 g, 96 mmol) and MeI (7.92 g, 55.8 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. EtOAc was added followed by water, the mixture was extracted and the combined the organic phases were dried (MgSO4, evaporated under vacuum, and the residue was recrystallized from hexanes gave dimethyl 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate as white solid (1 1.35 g, 72% yield).
Step 3. Preparation of (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-3,4-divπdimethanol [00179] The solution of dimethyl 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazole-3,4-dicarboxylate (4.0 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous ether (10 mL) and anhydrous DCM (60 mL) was added slowly to a stirred suspension Of LiAlH4 (1.4 g, 37 mmol) in anhydrous ether (60 mL), and the mixture was reflux for 24 h. The solution was quenched by careful addition of MeOH, and the solvents were removed on a rotavap. DCM and MeOH were added to dissolve the mixture. The solutionn was filtered off, and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. Crude (1 -methyl- IH- pyrazole-3,4-diyl)dimethanol was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM : MeOH = 20:1). Yield 2.5 g, 87%.
Step 4. Preparation of 3,4-bis(bromomethyl)- 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazole [00180] A three-neck flask (5OmL) was charged with (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-3, 4- diyl)dimethanol (284 mg, 2 mmol), PPh3 (1.05 g, 4mmol), CBr4 (1.32g, 4 mmol). Anhydrous DCM was added to the flask under N2 atmosphere. After 30 min.stirring, another portion of PPh3 (0.524 mg, 2 mmol) and CBr4 (662mg, 2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for further 30 min. Then the solvent was removed and 3,4- bis(bromomethyl)-l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazole was obtained by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum: EtOAc = 5:1). Yield 270 mg, 50%.
Step 5. Preparation of N-(r(lS,9aS)-7-amino-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3.4-alindol-
1 -vDmethvOacetamide
[00181] N-(((lS,9aS)-7-nitro-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide (220 mg, 0.75 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (22 mg) in EtOH (5 mL) was stirred at r.t. for 4 h under H2 (latm). The mixture was filtered through Celite, the filtrate evaporated under vacuum, and the product purified by preparative TLC (solvent system here) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-7-amino-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid. Yield 169 mg, 85% . [α]25D -74.0 ° [C = 0.25, THFZMeOH(I : I)] . MS (m/z): 262 [M+H]+.
Step 6. Preparation of N-(((lS.9aSV7-nitro-3-oxo-1.3.9.9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3.4-alindol-
1 -vDmethvOacetamide
[00182] Fuming nitric acid (18 mL, 0.36 mol) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide (9 g, 0.036 mol; prepared as described for Example 1, Step 8) in AcOH (100 mL) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h and poured into ice. The mixture was extracted by EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4). Purification by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc) afforded the title compound. Yield 6.5 g, 61%.
Step 7. Preparation of N-(f(lS.9aSV7-f2-methylpyrrolor3.4-c1pyrazol-5r2H.4H.6H)-vn-3- oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide [00183] A 50 ml flask was charged with 3, 4-bis(bromomethyl)-l -methyl- lH-pyrazole (230 mg, 0.86 mmol), N-(((lS,9aS)-7-amino-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide (224 mg, 0.86 mmol), K2CO3 (608 mg, 4.29 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (40 mL). The mixture was heated to 60 0C and stirred for 1.5 h. Water and DCM were added, the organic layer separated, and the water phase was extracted twice with DCM. The combined the organic layers were washed with water 5 times, dried (Na2SO4 ) and N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(2-methylpyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazol-5(2H,4H,6H)-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM : MeOH = 20:1). Yield 105 mg, 33%. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 300 MHz): 8.27 (w, IH), 7.58-7.51(d, IH), 7.06-6.86(m, 3H), 4.63-4.61(m, IH), 4.47- 4.24(m,4H), 4.09(m, IH), 3.74(s, 3H), 3.49(m, 2H), 3.10-3.01(m, 2H), 1.86(s, 3H) ; MS (m/z): 735[2M+H]+.
[00184] Example 6. Preparation of N-(YQ S.9aS)-3-oxo-7-(5H-pyrrolor3.4-blpyridin- 6(7H)-VlV 1.3 ,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo \3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vDmethvPacetamide : NNaaBBHH 1<
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0002
Step 1. Preparation of dimethyl pyridine-2,3-dicarboxylate
[00185] To the solution of pyridine-2,3-dicarboxylic acid (50 g, 300 mmol) in MeOH (300 mL) was added SOCl2 (44 mL, 600 mmol), and the mixture was refluxed overnight. Volatiles were removed under vacuum, sat. Na2CO3 was added, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum to give dimethyl pyridine-2,3-dicarboxylate as a colorless oil. Yield 32 g, 54%.
Step 2. Preparation of pyridine-2,3-diyldimethanol
[00186] To the solution of dimethyl pyridine-2,3-dicarboxylate (32 g, 164 mmol) in EtOH/H2O (10:1, 440 mL) was added NaBH4 (32 g, 842 mmol) portionwise over 30 min, and the mixture stirred at r.t. overnight. Acetone and EtOAc were added, and the mixture was filtered through a silica gel pad, and evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow solid. This was dissolved in EtOAc/MeOH (5:1), passed through a silica gel pad, and evaporated to give pyridine-2,3-diyldimethanol as a yellow solid. Yield 3.2 g, 14%.
Step 3. Preparation of 2,3-bis(chloromethyQpyridine
[00187] To the solution of pyridine-2,3-diyldimethanol (6 g, 43 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added SOCl2 (32 mL, 430 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed overnight. The mixture was evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow semi-solid, dissolved in DCM and passed through a silica gel pad, evaporated under vacuum and purified by silica gel column to give 2,3-bis(chloromethyl)pyridine as a orange oil. Yield 1.8 g, 24%.
Step 4. Preparation of N-ffαS,9aSV3-oxo-7-(5H-pyrrolor3Λ-blpyridin-6f7HVyr)-1.3,9,,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl*)methyl)acetamide
[00188] A mixture of 2,3-bis(chloromethyl)pyridine (149 mg, 0.85 mmol), N- ((( 1 S,9aS)-7-amino-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide (200 mg, 0.76 mmol), K2CO3 (266 mg, 1.9 mmol), KI (27 mg, 0.16 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 80~90°C overnight under N2. Water and DCM was then added to dilute the solution. The organic layer was separated and the water phase was extracted twice with DCM. The combined DCM solution was washed with water. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4, evaporated under vacuum, and the product purified by preparative TLC (2-10% MeOHin DCM) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(7H)-yl)- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid (145 mg, 80% yield). 1H NMR (DMSOd6, 300 MHz): 8.50 (m, IH), 7.64 (m, IH), 7.35(m, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 6.55 (m, 2H), 6.09 (m, IH), 4.56-4.63 (m, 5H), 4.47 (m, IH), 3.79 (m, IH), 3.66 (m, IH), 3.14 (m, IH), 3.22 (m, IH), 2.06(s, 3H); MS (m/z): 364.9 [M+l]+.
[00189] Example 7. Preparation of N-f(αS,9aSV3-oxo-7-(6H-pyrrolor3.4-blpyridin-6- ylH3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3Λ-alindol-l-yDmethvDacetamide:
Figure imgf000062_0001
[00190] To the solution of N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(7H)-yl)- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (68 mg, 0.19 mmol) in DCM/toluene (1 :1, 20 mL) DDQ/toluene (43 mg, 0.20 mmol in 3 mL toluene) was added dropwise with stirring at 0 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. over ca. 1-2 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added, the organic mixture was washed with 5% aq. Na2CO3 (100 mL x 2), sat. NaCl solution, and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product purified by preparation TLC (2-10% MeOHin DCM) to give N- ((( 1 S ,9aS)-3 -oxo-7-(6H-pyrrolo [3 ,4-b]pyridin-6-yl)- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- l-yl)methyl)acetamide as white solid (47 mg, 68% yield). 1H NMR(DMSO-d6j300MHz): 8.46 (m, IH), 7.95 (m, IH), 7.68(s, IH), 7.54 (m, IH), 7.46(m, 2H), 7.35 (m, IH), 6.90 (m, IH), 6.04 (m, IH), 4.59-4.67 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, IH), 3.74 (m, IH), 3.38 (m, IH), 3.24 (m, IH), 2.07(s, 3H); MS (m/z): 362.9(M+1).
[00191] Example 8. Preparation of N-(f(TS,9aSV7-(6-(5-fhvdroxymethvn-4.5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -y D-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo f 3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl*)methvQacetamide :
Figure imgf000063_0001
Step 1. Preparation of 5-bromopicolinaldehyde oxime
[00192] To a solution of 5-bromopicolinaldehyde (7g, 38 mmol) in methanol (10OmL) and water (9OmL) was added NH2OH-HCl (3.4g, 49mmol). Then, Na2CO3 (2.7 g, 25 mmol) in 1OmL of water was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 min. Water (30 mL) was added, the precipitate filtered off and washed with water to give 5- bromopicolinaldehyde oxime (7 g, 93% yield), which was used for the next step without further purification.
Step 2. Preparation of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-ylM,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol [00193] To a solution of 5-bromopicolinaldehyde oxime (Ig, 5 mmol) in 30 mL of anhydrous DMF was added N-chlorosuccinimide (0.8 g, 6 mmol; NCS) at 60 0C under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 6O0C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to O0C and prop-2-en-l-ol (1.5 g, 25 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at O0C for 10 min. A mixture Of Et3N (0.7g, 7 mmol) in 5mL of anhydrous DMF was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at O0C for 30 min and then stirred at r.t.for 1 h. EtOAc was added to the reaction mixture. The solution was washed with water for several times. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silca gel column chromatography to give (3-(5-bromopyridin-2- yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (1.1 g, 85% yield).
Step 3. Preparation of (3-(5-C4A5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yQpyridin-2-yl')-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol
[00194] (3-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (1.5 g, 5.86 mmol), pinacol diborane (4.5 g, 18 mmol) and KOAc (1.7 g, 18 mmol) were added to 30 mL of anhydrous dioxane. The slurry was degassed with N2 for 3 min. Then 200 mg of PdCl2(dppf)DCM was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 h, cooled to r.t., and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aq. phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by silica gel column to give (3-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (880 mg,: 34% yield).
Step 4. Preparation of N-C(O S,9aSV7-(6-r5-rhvdroxymethylV4,5-dihvdroisoxazol-3- vπpyridin-S-yπ-S-oxo-U^^a-tetrahvdrooxazolofSΛ-alindol-l-vDmethyDacetamide [00195] (3-(5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (350mg,1.15 mmol), N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (90 mg, 0.28 mmol) and K2CO3 (130 mg, 0.94 mmol) were added to dioxane/water(5:l, 6mL). The slurry was degassed with N2 for 3 min. Then 20 mg of Pd Cl2(dppf)DCM was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 9O0C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, residue was dissolved in EtOAc, and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by silica gel column (solvent system here) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5- (hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide as a white solid (75mg, 64% yield). 'H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz): 8.92 (dd, IH), 8.31 (t, IH), 8.12 (dd, IH), 7.95 (dd,lH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.67 (dd,lH), 7.36 (d, IH), 5.00-5.03 (m, IH), 4.73-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.56 (m, IH), 3.51-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.41 (m, 4H), 1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 423.1(M+1).
[00196] Example 9. Preparation of N-(Y(T S,9aSV7-(5-fluoro-6-f5-Qivdroxymethvn-4.5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 - vPmethvDacetamide :
Figure imgf000064_0001
Step 1. Preparation of 5-bromo-3-fluoropicolinaldehyde oxime
[00197] 5-Bromo-3-fluoropicolinaldehyde (6.0 g, 29.4 mmol) was dissolved in 120 mL MeOH with 60 mL H2O. NH2ORHCl (3.0 g, 43.2 mmol) and Na2CO3 (3.0 g, 28.3 mmol) were added, and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 1.5 h. MeOH was removed in vacuo, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer washed with brine, dried Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum to give the crude 5-bromo-3-fluoropicolinaldehyde oxime (6.0 g, yield 94%).
Step 2. Preparation of (3-f5-bromo-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihvdroisoxazol-5- vDmethanol
[00198] To the solution of 5 -bromo-3-fluoropicolinaldehyde oxime (2.9 g, 13.4 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (50 mL) was added NCS (1.97 g, 14.74 mmol), under N2 atmosphere heated to 6O0C. The mixture was stirred at 6O0C for 0.5 h. Then the reaction mixture was cooled to 20C and the allyl alcohol (3.89 g, 67.0 mmol) was added. The mixture Of Et3N (1.49 g, 14.74 mmol) in 10 mL DMF was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 30 min, stirred 30 min at 20C and then at r.t. for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with sat. aq. Na2CO3 and brine. The EtOAc layers were dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (hexanes - EtOAc 4/1) to give (3-(5-bromo-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)- 4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (3.24 g, 86% yield).
Step 3. Preparation of (3-(3-fluoro-5-(4A5,5-tetramethyl-L3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl*)pyridin-
2-yl)-4,5-dihvdroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol
[00199] To the solution of (3-(5-bromo-3-fiuoropyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5- yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.82 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (20 mL) was added pinacol diborane (927 mg, 3.65 mmol), KOAc (536 mg, 5.47 mmol) and PdCl2dppfDCM (100 mg, 0.12 mmol), degassed and protected with N2. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 2 h, The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, and the product isolated by by prep. TLC (1% MeOH in DCM) to give (3-(3-fluoro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (517 mg, yield 88%).
Step 4. Preparation of N-C(Q S,9aS)-7-f5-fluoro-6-(5-(hvdroxymethvD-4,5-dihvdroisoxazol-
3 -yl)pyridin-3 - vD-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vPmethvPacetamide [00200] To the solution of (3-(3-fluoro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (138 mg, 0.43 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5/1, 12 mL) was added N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4- a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (100 mg, 0.31 mmol; prepared as described for Example 1, Step 9), K2CO3 (128 mg, 0.92 mmol) and PdCl2dppfDCM (26 mg, 0.031 mmol). The mixture was degassed and stirred at 9O0C for 3 h under N2. Then the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL), washed with water, brine, and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue purified by prep-TLC (1% MeOH in DCM) to give N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-(5 -fluoro-6-(5 -(hydroxymethyl)-4,5 -dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 - yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (74 mg, yield 55%) . 1H NMR (DMSO-d6300 MHz): 8.31-8.27 (m, IH), 7.80-7.56 (m, 5H), 7.34-7.31 (m, IH), 5.01-4.97 (m,lH) ,4.76-4.68 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.53 (m, IH), 3.55-3.41 (m, 5H), 3.24-3.21 (m, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 440.2 [M+l]+.
[00201] Example 10. Preparation of N-((αS.9aSV7-(6-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - vDmethvDacetamide:
Figure imgf000066_0001
Step 1. Preparation of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl>4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yDmethyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate
[00202] TsCl (1.1 g, 5.8 mmol) was added to a solution of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methanol (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in 20 mL of anhydrous Py under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t.overnight, then cooled to O0C. Sat. NaHCO3 was added dropwise, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water, brine, and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (hexanes - EtOAc) to give compound (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate (1.14 g, 96 % yield).
Step 2. Preparation of 4-((3-f5-bromopyridin-2-yl>4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5- yl)methyl)morpholine
[00203] (3-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate (1.14 g, 2.8 mmol) was added to the mixture of K2CO3(0.8 g, 5.7 mmol) in 2OmL of DMSO. Then morpholine (2.5 g, 28 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 9O0C for 2 h. EtOAc was added, and the solution was washed with water, brine, and dried (Na2SO4). The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (solvent system here) to give 4-((3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine (0.55 g, 61 % yield). Step 3. Preparation of 4-((3-(5-(4,4.5.5-tetramethyl-1.3.2-dioxaborolan-2-vnpyridin-2-ylV
4,5-dihvdroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine
[00204] 4-((3-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.53 mmol), bis(pinacolate)diborone (470 mg, 1.84) and KOAc (300 mg, 3.1 mmol) were added to 2OmL of anhydrous dioxane. The slurry was degassed with N2 for 3 min. Then 50mg of PdCl2(dppf)DCM was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 1000C for 2 h, cooled to r.t, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc - hexanes) to give 4- ((3-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5- yl)methyl)morpholine (200 mg, 35% yield).
Step 4. Preparation of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5-(morpholinomethylV4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)pyridin-3 - vQ-3 -oxo- 1 , 3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - vDmethvDacetamide [00205] 4-((3-(5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine (200 mg), N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (60 mg, 0.18 mmol) and K2CO3 (83 mg, 0.6 mmol) were added to 5 mL of dioxane and 1 mL of water. The slurry was degassed with N2, and lOmg of PdCl2(dppf)DCM was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 9O0C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (solvent system here) to give N-((( 1 S ,9aS)-7-(6-(5 -(morpholinomethyl)-4,5 -dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (60 mg, 68% yield) . 1H NMR(DMSO-d6, 300MHz): 8.92 (dd, IH), 8.31 (t, IH), 8.12 (dd, IH), 7.95 (dd,lH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.67 (dd,lH), 7.37 (d, IH), 4.90-5.00 (m, IH), 4.73-4.76 (m, IH), 4.51-4.59 (m, IH), 3.49-3.59 (m, 7H), 3.18-3.28 (m, 5H), 2.55-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.51 (m, 2H),1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 492.2 [M+l]+.
[00206] Example 11. Preparation of N-ffflS.9aSV7-f6-(2-flH-imidazol-l- yl)acetyl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - vPmethvDacetamide:
Figure imgf000068_0001
Pinacol diborane
Figure imgf000068_0002
Step 1. Preparation of l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)ethanone
[00207] 5-Bromopicolinonitrile (5.4 g, 29.7 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (120 mL) and cooled to -200C. MeMgBr (35 mL, IM in Et2O) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at -200C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to -40 0C, and neutralized with cone. HCl. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc - hexanes) to give l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)ethanone (1.9 g, 30% yield).
Step 2. Preparation of 2-bromo-l-('5-brornopyridin-2-yl)ethanone [00208] Br2 (1.2 g, 7.6 mmol) was added to a solution of l-(5-bromopyridin-2- yl)ethanone (1.5 g, 7.6 mmol) in 6OmL of CCl4. The reaction mixture was sealed and stirred at 700C overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc for several times. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc - hexanes) to give compound 2-bromo-l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)ethanone (1.2 g, 57% yield).
Step 3. Preparation of l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(lH-imidazol-l-vDethanone [00209] 2-Bromo-l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)ethanone (1.2 g, 4.3 mmol) was added to a solution of imidazole (2.9 g, 43 mmol) in 3OmL of THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t.overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc - hexanes) to give compound l-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(lH-imidazol-l-yl)ethanone (540 mg, 47% yield). Step 4. Preparation of N-C(πS,9aSV3-oxo-7-('4,4.5.5-tetraniethyl-1.3.2-dioxaborolan-2-ylV
1 ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a1indol-l -yl)methyOacetamide
[00210] 4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,2- dioxaborolane (470 mg, 1.85 mmol) was added to a solution of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (500 mg, 1.54 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (9 mL) under N2, followed by PdCl2(dppf)DCM (77 mg, 0.14 mmol) and KOAc (302 mg, 3.08 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 48 h, then cooled to r.t. EtOAc (300 mL) was added, and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent: EtOAc - hexanes 3:1). This yielded 472 mg (83%) of N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)- 1 ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l -yl)methyl)acetamide as a light yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 7.77 (d, IH), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 5.92 (s, 2H), 4.60 -3.00 (m, 4H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H). MS (m/z): 373 [M+H]+.
Step 5. Preparation of N-((πS.9aSV7-(6-(2-riH-imidazol-l-yl)acetvnpyridin-3-vn-3-oxo-
1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vPmethvPacetamide
[00211] N-(((lS,9aS)-3-Oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (200mg, 0.54 mmol), l-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(lH-imidazol-l-yl)ethanone (200 mg, 0.76 mmol) and K2CO3 (150mg, 1.12 mmol) were added to 5 mL of dioxane and ImL of water. The slurry was degassed under N2, then 30 mg of PdCl2(dppf)DCM was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 8O0C overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (2-10% MeOHin DCM) to give N-((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(6-(2-( 1 H-imidazol- 1 -yl)acetyl)pyridin-3-yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (66 mg, 20.1% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz): 8.87 (dd, IH), 8.14 (m, IH), 8.01(m, IH), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.49 (m,lH), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.00 (m,lH), 5.91-5.99 (m, IH), 5.68 (s, 2H), 4.58-4.66 (m, 2H), 3.70- 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.46 (m, IH), 3.18-2.25 (m, IH), 2.07(s, 3H); MS (m/z): 431.8[M+1]+.
[00212] Example 12. Preparation of N-ffαS.9aS>7-(6-f5.5-bisChvdroxymethyr)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -vO-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 - yPmethvDacetamide:
Figure imgf000070_0001
Stepl . Preparation of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-ylV4,5-dihvdroisoxazole-4,4-diyl*)dimethanol [00213] To the solution of 5-bromopicolinaldehyde oxime (1.02 g, 5.1 mmol, prepared as for Example 8) in anhydrous DMF (25 mL) was added NCS (812 mg, 6.1 mmol) under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 6O0C for 1 h, then cooled to 0 0C, and 2- methylenepropane-l,3-diol (2.23 g, 25 mmol) was added. Et3N (717 mg, 7 mmol) in 5 mL DMF was added drop wise over 30 min, and the mixture was stirred 30 min at 0 0C, and then at r.t. for 2 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. Aq. layer were extracted with EtOAc, the combined EtOAc layers were dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (hexanes - EtOAc 2/1) to give (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazole-4,4-diyl)dimethanol (1.02 g, yield 70%).
Step 2. Preparation of N-(CCl S,9aSV7-(6-(5,5-bis(hvdroxymethylV4.5-dihvdroisoxazol-3- y0pyridin-3-yiy3-oxo-13.9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3.4-a]indol-l-v0methyl)acetamide [00214] To the solution of (3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-4,4- diyl)dimethanol (208 mg, 0.73 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5/1, 12 mL) was added N- (((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (180 mg, 0.48 mmol), K2CO3 (200 mg, 1.45 mmol) and PdCl2dppfDCM (81 mg, 0.097 mmol). The mixture was degassed with N2 and stirred at 9O0C for 5 h, Then the mixture was diluted with EA, washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH=10/l) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-(5,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3 -yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide (70 mg, yield 32%). 1H NMR (DMSO-(I6 ,300MHz): 8.93 (m, IH), 8.29 (t, IH), 8.1 1 (m, IH), 7.94 (d,lH) ,7.72 (s, IH), 7.67 (d, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 5.01 (t, 2H), 4.74 (m, IH), 4.56 (q, IH), 3.51-3.56 (m, 6H), 3.29 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.25 (m, 2H),1.88 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 453.1 [M+l]+. [00215] Example 13. Preparation of N-ff(TS.9aSV7-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-vn-3-oxo- 1 ,3.9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-ai indol- 1 -vDmethvPacetamide :
Figure imgf000071_0001
Step 1. Preparation of l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-ol
[00216] The solution of 2-(chloromethyl)oxirane (10 mL, 128 mmol) and Ph2CHNH2 (1 1 mL, 64 mmol) in DMF (80 mL) was heated at 90-100 0C under N2 for 3 d. The mixture was cooled to r.t. and evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow oil, which was dissolved in DCM (200 mL), washed with water (200 mL x 2), and extracted with IN HCl (200 mL x 2). The aq. solution was made basic with 10% aq. NaOH, the mixture was extracted with Et2O (200 mL x 3), dried (Na2SO4), and evaporated under vacuum to give l-benzhydrylazetidin- 3-ol (5.74 g, 38% yield).
Step 2. Preparation of l-benzhydryl-3-methoxyazetidine
[00217] To the solution of l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-ol (5.74 g, 24 mmol) in DMF (120 mL) was added NaH (60%, 1.92 g, 48 mmol) portionwise with stirring over 20 min at 0 0C under N2, then MeI (6.8 g, 48 mmol) was added, and the solution was warmed up to r.t. and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was poured into brine, extracted with Et2O (200 mL x 3), and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the crude material purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes - EtOAc) to give l-benzhydryl-3- methoxyazetidine as colorless oil (5.37 g, 80% yield).
Step 3. Preparation of 3-methoxyazetidine
[00218] To the solution of l-benzhydryl-3-methoxyazetidine (2.53 mg, 10 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) was added TFA (1.25 g, 11 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (1.6 g), and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h under latm of H2, then filtered through Celite and evaporated under vacuum to give 3-methoxyazetidine as a white solid (2 g, quant.). Step 4. Preparation of N-(TdS.9aSV7-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-ylV3-oxo-1.3.9,9a- tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-a1indol-l-yl)methyDacetamide
[00219] N-(((lS,9aS)-3-Oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l , 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (190 mg, 0.5 mmol), Cu(OAc)2-H2O (100 mg, 0.5 mmol), KF (35 mg,0.6 mmol), 4A molecule sieves (1.0 g) and MeCN (12 mL) were placed in microwave reaction tube, the mixture was stirred and purged with O2 for 10 min. A mixture of 3-methoxyazetidine (500 mg, 2.5 mmol), Et3N (350 mg, 3.5 mmol) in MeCN (3 mL) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred and saturated with O2 for another 10 min. The tube was sealed, placed in the microwave reactor, and the latter was then operated at 100 0C for 5 h. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated under vacuum to give a brown semi-solid that was purified by prep-TLC (5% MeOH in DCM) to give N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide as a yellow solid (67 mg, 40% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 7.24 (m, IH), 6.33 (m, 2H), 6.1 l(m, IH), 4.55 (m, IH), 4.43 (m,lH), 4.31 (m, IH), 4.06(m, 2H), 3.78 (m, IH), 3.55-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, IH), 3.09 (m, IH), 2.04 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 332.1 [M+l+].
[00220] Example 14. Preparation of tert-butyl 4-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethylV3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolor3.4-alindol-7-yl')-5,6-dihvdropyridine-U2H)-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00221] 1 ,2-Dimethoxyethane (5 mL) was added to tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (210 mg, 0.69 mmol; prepared as per Wustrow et al. Synthesis, 1991, p.993), N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (150 mg, 0.46 mmol; prepared as for Example 1, Step 9), PdCl2(dppf) DCM (34 mg 0.046 mmol), followed by 2M aqueous Na2CO3 (1 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 0C overnight, cooled to r.t., and filtered through a short silica gel pad. After washing several times with EtOAc, the filtrate was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (EtOAc). The product was obtained as an off-white solid (80 mg, 26%). 1H NMR (CDCl3 , 300 MHz ): 7.35 (IH) , 7.24 (2H) , 6.43 (IH) , 5.97 (IH) , 4.62 (IH) , 4.53 (IH) , 4.07 (2H) , 3.79 (IH) , 3.70 (IH) , 3.63 (2H) , 3.28 (IH) , 3.14 (IH) , 2.49 (2H) , 2.07 (3H) , 1.50 (9H); MS (m/z) = 428 [M + H]. [00222] Example 15. Preparation of N-f(flS.9aSV7-(l-(2-acetoxyacetvn-l.2.3,6- tetrahvdropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolor3.4-alindol-l- vDmethyliacetamide:
Figure imgf000073_0001
Step 1. Preparation ofN-ffαS.9aS)-3-oxo-7-α,2,3,6-tetrahvdropyridin-4-ylH ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-al indol- 1 -vPmethvQacetamide trifluoroacetate [00223] A solution of tert-butyl 4-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (18 mg, 0.04 mmol) in 0.5 mL of DCE was cooled to 0 0C. To this mixture was added 0.5 mL of 20% TFA in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (DCE). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 0C, then condensed under vacuum. More DCE was added, and the solvent was removed again under vacuum. The process was repeated several times to afford the product as a light-brownish solid. MS (m/z) = -328 [M + H]+.
Step 2. Preparation of N-(Yd S.9aSV7-( 1 -(2-acetoxyacetylV 1,2,3.6-tetrahvdropyridin-4-vn-
3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-a1indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide [00224] The above Boc-deprotection product was dissolved in 1 mL of acetone and 1 mL of aqueous NaHCO3 (0.2 M). To the reaction mixture was added acetoxyacetyl chloride (7 uL, 0.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at r.t, then quenched with MeOH. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, and dried (Na2SO4). The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by preparative TLC (10% MeOH in DCM). The product was obtained as a solid (16 mg, 92%). 1H NMR (CDCl3 , 300 MHz) 7.37 (IH), 7.24 (2H), 6.22 (IH), 6.02 (IH), 4.82 (2H), 4.63 (IH), 4.54 (IH), 4.25 (2H), 3.83 (2H), 3.71 (IH), 3.61 (IH), 3.30 (IH), 3.13 (IH), 2.60 (2H), 2.22 (3H), 2.08 (3H). MS (m/z) = 428.
[00225] Example 16. Preparation of N-(T(I S.9aS)-7-(l-(2-hvdroxyacetvn-l.2,3.6- tetrahvdropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l- vDmethyliacetamide :
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00226] Compound of Example 15 (17.5 mg, 0.041mmol) and K2CO3 (10 mg, 0.072 mmol) in MeOH (1 ml) and THF (0.5 ml) was stirred at r.t. for 2 h, and concentrated under reduced pressure. After redissolving in DCM, the solution was purified by preparative TLC eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound. MS: (m/z) 386.0 [M+H]+.
[00227] Example 17. Preparation of flR.5S.6sVtert-butyl 6-(5-(riS.9aSVl- (acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-1.3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-7-yl)pyridin-2-vπ-6- cvano-3-azabicvclor3.1.Olhexane-3-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000074_0002
[00228] N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (472 mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv; prepared as described for Example 11, Step 4) was added to a solution of (1 S,5R)-tert-butyl 6-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (446 mg, 1.22 mmol; prepared as described in WO 2005/005398) in degassed dioxane (13 mL) under N2, followed by Pd(PPh3 )4 (147 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.10 equiv) was added, followed by a solution OfNa2CO3 (673 mg, 8.11 mmol, 6.39 equiv) in water (3.7 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at 80 0C. The resulting solution was diluted with 300 mL of EtOAc, and the mixture was washed brine, and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was evaporated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with a 20:1 DCM /MeOH solvent system. This afforded 450 mg (67%) of the product isolated as a white solid. 1H NMR: (CDCl3): δ 8.65 (d, IH), 7.86-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.42 (m, 3H), 4.72 (d, IH), 5.99 (s, 2H), 3.61 (d, 2H), 3.43 (s, IH), 3.34-3.24 (m, 6H), 2.70 (s, IH), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H). MS (m/z): 530 [M+H]+.
[00229] Example 18. Preparation of N-rr(lS,9aSV7-r6-(πR.5S.6sV6-cvano-3- azabicvclofS.l.Olhexan-ό-vDpyridin-S-ylVS-oxo-U^^a-tetrahvdrooxazolol'S^-alindol-l- vDmethvPacetamide :
Figure imgf000075_0001
[00230] Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added dropwise with stirring at 4 0C to a solution of (l S,5R)-tert-butyl 6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3- carboxylate (400 mg, 0.76 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (2 mL). The mixture was kept at at 4 0C for 2 h. Volatiles were removed under vacuum, and the residue was taken in 5 mL of DCM and 1 mL of MeOH. It was then evaporated under vacuum to dryness after adjusting the pH value to 7 with a saturated aq. NaHCO3 solution. The residue was purified by flash chromatography with a 20:1 DCM /MeOH solvent system. This resulted in 181 mg (56%) of the product isolated as a white solid.Η NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.71 (d, IH), 7.98-8.02 (m, IH), 7.65 (d, IH), 7.54 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, IH), 4.72 (d, IH), 4.59 (d, IH), 3.61 (d, 2H), 3.43 (s, IH), 3.34-3.24 (m, 6H), 2.70 (s, IH), 2.01 (s, 3H). MS (rn/z): 430 [M+H]+
[00231] Example 19. Preparation of N-(((lS,9aSV7-(6-((lR,5S)-3.6-dicvano-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl')pyridin-3-yl')-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l- yl)methvQacetamide :
Figure imgf000075_0002
[00232] Cyanogen bromide (15 mg, 0.14mmol) in DCM (1 ml) was added with stirring to a solution of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-((lR,5S,6s)-6-cyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6- yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3 ,4-a] indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide 20 mg (0.046mmol; Example 18) in MeOH (1 ml) at ca. O0C. The reaction was allowed to warm up to r.t. and stirred overnight. Volatiles were removed under vacuum, and the product was purified by preparative TLC eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound (17.0 mg). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.39 (m, IH), 8.04 (t, IH), 7.66 (dd, Jl=8.10Hz, J2=2.40, IH), 7.52 (d, J=8.40Hz, IH), 7.24-7.21 (m, 3H), 4.46 (m, IH), 4.33 (m, IH), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.19-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 1.81 (s, 3H). MS: (m/z) 455.1 [M+H]+. [00233] Example 20. Preparation of (lR.5SVmethyl 6-(5-((lS.9aSVl-
(acetamidomethvπ-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3.4-a]indol-7-vπpyridin-2-yl')-6- cyano-S-azabicyclorS.1.Olhexane-3-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00234] A solution of methyl chloroformate (4 μl, 0.051 mmol) in DCM (0.5 ml) was added with stirring at ca. O0C to a suspension of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-((lR,5S,6s)-6-cyano-3- azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)pyridin-3 -yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide (20 mg, 0.046mmol; Example 18) in DCM (0.8 ml) and Et3N (20 μl, 0.14 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at r.t.for 3 h. Volatiles were removed under vacuum, and the product was purified by preparative TLC eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford (lR,5S)-methyl 6-(5-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-6-cyano-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3- carboxylate (19.6 mg). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.47 (m, IH), 7.89 (t, J=6.0Hz, IH), 7.72 (dd, Jl=8.10Hz, J2=2.40, IH), 7.58 (d, J=8.10Hz, IH), 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, IH), 4.41 (m, IH), 3.84-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.59(3, 3H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.22- 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 1.89 (s, 3H). MS: (m/z) 488.1 [M+H]+.
[00235] Example 21. Preparation of N-ffflS,9aSV7-f6-(YlR,5S)-6-cyano-3-(2- acetoxyacetvD-3-azabicyclor3.1.01hexan-6-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide:
[00236] Example 21 was prepared analogously to Example 20, except that acetoxyacetyl chloride was used in place of methyl chloroformate.
[00237] 1H NMR (300MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.59 (m, IH), 7.86 (dd, Jl=8.40Hz, J2=2.40, IH), 7.68 (d, J=8.10Hz, IH), 7.42-7.40 (m, 3H), 4.75 (m, IH), 4.63 (m, IH), 4.11-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.66~3.63(m, 2H), 3.37-3.31 (m, 3H), 3.18 (m, IH), 2.91-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.16(s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H). MS: (m/z) 530.0 [M+H]+. [00238] Example 22. Preparation of N-(fflS.9aSV7-(6-(flR.SSV6-cvano-3-(2- hydroxyacetvD-S-azabicvclofS.l.Oihexan-ό-vDpyridin-S-ylVB-oxo-LS^^a- tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-alindol- 1 -vQmethyQacetamide:
Figure imgf000077_0001
Example 22
[00239] To a solution of compound of Example 21 (20 mg, 0.038 mmol) in MeOH (3 ml) and THF (1 ml) was added K2CO3 (10 mg, 0.072 mmol). The mixture was left at r.t. for 2h, and concentrated under reduced pressure. After redissolved in DCM, the solution was purified on a preparative TLC eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.45 (m, IH), 7.71-7.68 (m,lH), 7.53 (d, J=8.10Hz, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, IH), 4.41 (m, IH), 3.81-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.17(m, 2H), 3.07 (m, IH), 2.75-2.65 (m, 2H), 1.87 (s, 3H). MS: (m/z) 488.1 [M+H]+.
[00240] Example 23. Preparation of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(6-r(lR,5SV6-cvano-3-formyl-3- azabicvclo[3.1.01hexan-6-vnpyridin-3-ylV3-oxo-L3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l- vPmethyQacetamide:
Figure imgf000077_0002
Example 23
[00241] To a solution of compound of Example 18 (20 mg, 0.047 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added p-nitrophenyl formate (9.3 mg, 0.055 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60 0C for 4 h, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (300MHz, CD3OD): 8.71 (s, IH), 8.17 (s, IH), 8.01 (m, IH), 7.65 (dd, Jl=8.40Hz, IH), 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.10Hz, IH), 4.72(m, IH), 4.61(m, IH), 4.1 1 (s, 2H), 4.04 (m, IH), 3.72-3.66 (m, 3H), 3.37(m, IH), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.84 (s, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H). MS (m/z): 458.2 [M+H]+.
[00242] Example 24. Preparation of 3-((lS,9aS)-l-rAcetamidomethylV3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo|~3.4-a"|indol-7-yl*)pyridine 1 -oxide:
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00243] A solution of N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(pyridin-3-yl)-l, 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (17 mg, 0.18 μmol) in DCM (1.2 ml) was cooled on ice-water bath, and then m-chloroperbenzoic acid was added (17 mg, ca 4.9 μmol). The reaction mixture was left at r.t.overnight, and the product purified by a preparative TLC with 10% MeOH/DCM. 1H NMR (CDCl3300MHz): 8.56 (b, IH), 8.28 (b, IH), 7.85 (d, IH, J=7.50Hz), 7.59-7.41 (m,3H), 4.74 (m, IH), 4.58 (m, IH), 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H). MS (m/z): 340.1 [M+H]+.
[00244] Example 25. Preparation of N-CCCl S.9aSV3-Oxo-7-Cl.4-dioxa-8- azaspiror4.51decan-8-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l-yl)methyl')acetamide:
Figure imgf000078_0002
[00245] A mixture of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4- a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (80 mg, 0.25 μmol), l,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (48 μl, 0.37μmol), L-proline (35 mg), K2CO3 (220 mg), CuI (99) mg in DMSO (3 ml) was degassed with N2, stirred at r.t.for Ih, and then heated to 70 0C overnight. It was then quenched with water, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. Upon drying (MgSO4) and solvent removal, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6300 MHz): 8.93 (m, IH), 8.29 (t, IH), 8.11 (m, IH), 7.94 (d,lH) ,7.72 (s, IH), 7.67 (d, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 5.01 (t, 2H), 4.74 (m, IH), 4.56 (q, IH), 3.51-3.56 (m, 6H), 3.29 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.25 (m, 2H),1.88 (s, 3H). MS (m/z): 388.1 [M+H]+.
[00246] Examples 26 and 27:
Figure imgf000079_0001
Example 26 Example 27
Step 1. Preparation of N-CrπS^aSVy-CflH-benzordiri^Jitriazol-l-vnmethylamino^-S- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l-vπmethyl*)acetamide
[00247] The suspension of N-(((l S,9aS)-7-amino-3-oxo-l ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4- a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide 360 mg (1.38 mmol, prepared as for Example 5), and (IH- benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)methanol 230 mg (1.54 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) was heated to dissolution, and briefly brought to a reflux (ca. 5 sec). The mixture was the stirred at r.t.overnight. The precipitated product was filtered and isolated as a white solid that was used directly in the next step.
Step 2. Preparation of N-((πS,9aSV7-(methylaminoV3-oxo-L3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a1indol-l-vDmethyl)acetamide
[00248] To a solution of N-(((lS,9aS)-7-((lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)methylamino)- 3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide 250 mg (0.65 mmol) in THF - N-methylpyrrolidinone 10:1 (11 mL) was added NaBH4 (99 mg). The mixture was stirred at r.t.overnight , then quenched with water. Upon extractive workup (EtOAc), silica gel chromatography purification afforded N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(methylamino)-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide, which was directly used in the next step.
Step 3. Preparation of N-((lS.9aSVl-(acetamidomethylV3-oxo-1.3.9.9a- tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-ylV2-chloro-N-methylacetamide
[00249] N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(methylamino)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide 90 mg (0.32 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml), excess aq. NaHCO3 and chloroacetyl chloride 26 μl (dl.42, 0.32 mmol) was added. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 1 min. and left at r.t. for 2 h. The reaction was then quenched with water, extracted with EtOAc, and the crude product was purified with silica gel chromatography eluting with 80% EtOAc/hexane to afford N-((lS,9aS)-l- (acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-2-chloro-N- methylacetamide. MS (m/z): 352.0 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of compound Examples 26 and 27 [00250] A suspension of N-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l, 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-7-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylacetamide 110 mg (0.31 mmol) in toluene (2 ml) was flushed with N2, followed by addition Of Pd(OAc)2 (14 mg, 0.06 mmol), and biphenyl-2-yldi-tert-butylphosphine (38 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 0C for 18 h, then directly purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with EtOAc- hexanes 1 :1. Two regioisomers were obtained with the compound in Example 27 being the major product.
[00251] Compound of Example 26: IH NMR (300MHz, CD3OD): 7.26 (s, IH), 6.90 (s, IH), 4.71-4.65 (m, IH), 4.58-4.50 (m,lH), 3.64(d, J=4.80Hz, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H). MS (m/z): 315.9 [M+H]+. [00252] Compound of Example 27: 1H NMR (300MHz5 CD3OD): 7.22 (d, J=8.40Hz, IH), 6.82 (d, J=8.10Hz, IH), 4.70-4.65 (m, IH), 4.59-4.52 (m,lH), 3.64(d, J=4.50Hz, 2H), 3.47 (d, J=4.80Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.07 (m, 5H), 2.01 (s, 3H). MS (m/z): 315.9 [M+H]+.
[00253] Example 28. Preparation of πSVl-rdH-L23-triazol-l-yl)methylV7-r6-(2- methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-vDpyridin-3-viy9,9a-dihvdrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-3(lH)-one:
Figure imgf000080_0001
Step 1. Preparation of (lS>2-amino-l-(5-bromoindolin-2-yl)ethanol hydrochloride [00254] N-(((lS,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)acetamide (1.0 g, 3.08 mmol) was suspended in cone. HCl (1.5 ml). The mixture was stirred at 90 0C for 4 h. The volatile was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was taken directly into the next step. MS (m/z): 257.0 [M+H]+.
Step 2. Preparation of (lSVl-r5-bromoindolin-2-vn-2-αH-1.2.3-triazol-l-vπethanol [00255] To the solution of ( 1 S)-2-amino- 1 -(5 -bromoindolin-2-yl)ethanol HCl salt in
MeOH (30 ml) was added N'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene)-4-methylbenzenesulfonohydrazide (1.0 g, 3.55 mmol) and excess Et3N (4.3 ml) at ca. O0C. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. and stirred overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 2-10% MeOH/DCM to afford (IS)-I -(5- bromoindolin-2-yl)-2-(lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)ethanol. MS (m/z): 308.9 [M+H]+.
Step 3. Preparation of π SVl-CClH-l,23-triazol-l-vnmethyr)-7-bromo-9.9a- dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 C 1 H)-one
[00256] The solution of (lS)-l-(5-bromoindolin-2-yl)-2-(lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)ethanol (0.5 g, 0.13 mmol), and Et3N (2.1 ml, 15.1mmol) in DCM (30 ml) was cooled at ca. O0C, and phosgene in toluene (1.70ml, 20%) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. and stirred overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The two diastereomers were separated by preparative TLC eluting with EtOAc- hexanes 5:1.
[00257] For diastereomer A (Rf 0.41): 1H NMR (300MHz, CD3OD): 8.02 (d, J=I .20Hz, IH), 7.72 (d, J=0.90Hz, IH), 7.45-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.10Hz, IH), 5.36-5.33 (m,lH), 5.22-5.13(m, IH), 3.57~3.48(m, 2H), 3.21-3.10(m, 2H). MS (m/z): 335.0 [M+H]+. [00258] For diastereomer B: (Rf0.44) 1H NMR (300MHz, CD3OD): 8.10 (d, J=I .20Hz, IH), 7.79 (d, J=0.90Hz, IH), 7.42-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.40Hz, IH), 5.08-5.33 (m,lH), 4.77~4.59(m, IH), 3.60-3.49(m, 2H), 3.18~3.07(m, 2H). MS (m/z): 335.0 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of (lS.9aSVl-((lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-vnmethvn-7-('6-r2-methyl-2H- tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridin-3 - v0-9,9a-dihydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol-3 ( 1 H Vone [00259] Each of diastereomers A or B from Step 3 were reacted with 2-(2-methyl-2H- tetrazol-5-yl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine as described for Example 1 (Step 13) to produce two isomers of the Example 28. [00260] Compound of Example 28, diastereomer A: MS (m/z): 416 [M+H]+. [00261] Compound of Example 28, diastereomer B: MS (m/z): 416 [M+H]+.
[00262] Example 29. Preparation of N-C(Cl S.9aS)-7-C6-Cl , 2.3-triazol-vnpyridin-3-vn-3- oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-alindol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide:
Figure imgf000081_0001
[00263] The compound of Example 29 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 16 (Step 13) by reacting N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l, 3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l ,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l -yl)methyl)acetamide with 2- (l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)-5-bromopyridine (in place of the tetrazole derivative used for Example 16).
[00264] Example 30. Preparation of N-(Y(I S,9aS)-7-(6-(4-hvdroxymethyl- 1,2,3- triazol-y0pyridin-3-ylV3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-alindol-l- vPmethvDacetamide :
Figure imgf000082_0001
The compound of Example 30 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 16 (Step 13) by reacting N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l, 3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide with 2-(4- hydroxymethyl-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)-5-bromopyridine (in place of the tetrazole derivative used for Example 16).
[00265] Example 31. Preparation of N-(((lS.9aSV3-oxo-7-(4-oxo-3,4-dihvdropyridin- l(2H)-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4-a1indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide:
Figure imgf000082_0002
[00266] Danishefsky's diene (22 μl, 0.104 mmol) was added to a solution of N-
((( 1 S,9aS)-7-(( 1 H-benzo[d] [ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yl)methylamino)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (20 mg, 0.052mmol; prepared as for Example 26, Stepl) in THF (100 μL) at ca. O0C, followed by triisopropylsilyl triflate (ca. 20 μL). The mixture was kept for 0.5 h at O0C, then warmed up to r.t. and kept at r.t. 2 h. The reaction mixture was carefully poured into sat. NaHCO3 aq , and extracted with EtOAc. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was purified by prep. HPLC.
[00267] Example 32. Preparation of N-(((lS,9aSV7-(6-(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-ylV
1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)pyridin-3 - yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a] indol- 1 - yl)methyl)acetamide :
Figure imgf000083_0001
[00268] The compound of Example 32 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 16 (Step 13) by reacting N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l, 3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide with 2- (4-(l-hydroxy-l-methyl)ethyl-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)-5-bromopyridine (in place of the tetrazole derivative used for Example 16).
[00269] Example 33. Preparation of (lR,9aSy3-oxo-7-(pyridin-3-ylV1.3.9.9a- tetrahydrooxazolor3,4-alindole-l-carbonitrile:
Figure imgf000083_0002
Example 33
Step 1. Preparation of (RV2-hvdroxy-2-((S')-indolin-2-vDacetonitrile [00270] (S)-benzyl 2-((R)-cyano(hydroxy)methyl)indoline- 1 -carboxylate (462 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (25 mL), 5% Pd/C (139 mg) was added, and the flask was connected to the hydrogen source (1 atm). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h. Additional 5% Pd/C (220 mg) was added, and the hydrogenation continued for 7 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product isolated by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: EtOAc - hexanes 1 :3) as light-yellow crystals. MS (m/z): 175 [M+H]+.
Step 2. Preparation of (lR,9aS)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indole-l- carbonitrile
[00271] 20% Phosgene in toluene (0.347 mL, 0.66 mmol) was added to the solution of the amino alcohol (77 mg, 0.44 mmol) from the preceding Step 1 and Et3N (0.184 mL) in DCM (8.0 mL) was added dropwise with stirring at ca. 5-10 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. over ca. 4 h. EtOAc (30 mL) was added, washed with water/brine (1 :1; 3 x 15 mL), 10% citric acid (2 x 10 mL), brine, and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the oxazolidinone product was isolated by column chromatography (eluent: EtOAc - hexanes 1 :3). White crystals, yield 57 mg (65%). MS (m/z): 201 [M+H]+.
Step 3. Preparation of πR,9aS)-7-bromo-3-oxo-13,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3Λ-a")indole-l- carbonitrile
[00272] N-Bromosuccinimide (45 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added to the oxazolidinone intermediate from the preceding Step 2 (43 mg, 0.21 mmol) in MeCN (2.0 mL) with stirring, the flask was flushed with nitrogen, and the solution was stirred at r.t. ca. 24 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: hexanes - EtOAc 4: 1). White crystals, yield 53 mg (90%). MS (m/z): 279 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of (lR,9aSV3-oxo-7-(pyridin-3-yl)-L3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolor3,4- a] indole- 1 -carbonitrile
[00273] The mixture of the bromoaryl oxazolidinone reagent from the preceding Step 3 (28 mg, 0.1 mmol), 2-(3-pyridyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (31 mg, 0.15 mmol), Cs2CO3 (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), and PdCl2(dppf)DCM (16 mg, 0.02 mmol) was degassed under N2. Anh. DMF (1.0 mL) was added, and the mixture was sonicated briefly and then stirred at r.t. for 26 h. The reaction mixture was diluted w. EtOAc (ca. 3 mL) and filtered through Celite. Volatiles were removed under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 1-2% MeOH in DCM w. 0.5% TEA). Yield 15 mg (54%). MS (m/z): 278 [M+H]+.
[00274] Example 34. Preparation of N-(((lS,9aSV7-(6-((lR.5S.6rV6-cvano-3- oxabicvclofS.l.Oihexan-ό-vDpyridin-S-vπ-S-oxo-LS^^a-tetrahydrooxazolofSΛ-aiindol-l- vDmethvDacetamide :
Figure imgf000084_0001
[00275] The compound of Example 34 was prepared according to the procedure of Example 17 by reacting N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide with (lR,5S,6r)-6-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carbonitrile (in place of the azabicyclic pyridyl bromide used for Example 17). [00276] Example 35. Preparation of (Ϊ2R.3 SW(Tf !S.9aSV7-f6-f 1 H-tetrazol-1 -vDpyridin-
3 -vD-3 -OXO- 1 ,3 ,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-a]indol- 1 - vDmethvOf acetyPcarbamoyloxylmethyn 2-amino-3 -methylpentanoate dihydrochloride :
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step 1. Preparation of chloromethyl f(flS.9aSV7-(6-flH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-vπ-3-oxo- l,3,9,9a-tetrahvdrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-ynmethylXacetyl)carbamate [00277] IM LiOBu-t in hexanes (0.55 mL, 0.55 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring to N-(((l S,9aS)-7-(6-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide (182 mg, 0.5 mmol; Example 4) in MeCN (4 mL) and N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (NMP, 2 mL) at ca. -10-0 0C under N2 The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, then at 5-10 0C for ca. 10 min, and re- chilled to -10-0 0C. Chloromethyl chloroformate (60 uL, 0.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. over ca. 1 h and stirred overnight. Most of volatiles were removed under vacuum, and EtOAc (60 mL) with water (15 mL) were added. Organic layer was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was removed under vacuum and the product isolated by silica gel column chromatograpy (1-5% MeOH in DCM).
Step 2. Preparation of ff2R.3SWfff !S.9aSV7-f6-f lH-tetrazol-l-vnpyridin-3-vn-3-oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo [3 ,4-ai indol- 1 -yl)methvπ(acetyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl) 2-f tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylpentanoate
[00278] A mixture of the compound from preceding Step 1 (0.5 mmol, 244 mg), N-Boc- isoleucine cesium salt (0.75 mmol), and NaI (0.5 mmol, 75 mg) in MeCN (12 mL) was stirred under refluxed overnight. Upon cooling to r.t., the mixture was filtered, and the precipitated salts washed with DCM. Filtrate was evaporated under vacuum, and EtOAc (50 mL) with water (15 mL) were added. Organic layer was washed with water, 10% aq. Na2S2O3, water, brine, and dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product isolated by siliga gel column chromatograpy (1-5% MeOH in DCM). Step 3. Preparation of (Y2R.3 S Vf(Y(I S.9aSV7-(6-O H-tetrazol-1 -yl)pyridin-3-ylV3 -oxo- U^^a-tetrahydrooxazolofS^-alindol-l-vDmethylXacetylicarbamoyloxylmethyl^- amino-3 -methylpentanoate dihvdrochloride
[00279] 4M HCl in dioxane (2.5 mL, 10 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring to the compound from preceding Step 2 (0.25 mmol, 170 mg) with anisole (25 mg) in THF (2 mL) at 0 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. overnight. Ether (10 mL) was added dropwise with stirring, the precipitated product filtered off, washed with ether, and dried under vacuum.
[00280] Example 36. Preparation of ffRVf,acetyl(((lS.9aSV3-oxo-7-(6-(2- oxooxazolidin-3-yDpyridin-3-ylV13,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l- yl)methyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl') 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate dihvdrochloride:
Figure imgf000086_0001
[00281] ((R)-(acetyl(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-l, 3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl) 2-amino-3- methylbutanoate dihydrochloride was prepared following the procedure for the compound of Example 35, except using N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(6-(2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)- l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide in place of the compound of Example 4, and using Boc-valine cesium salt instead of Boc-isoleucine cesium salt used for Example 35.
Utility and Testing
[00282] The compounds of the subject invention can exhibit potent activities against a variety of microorganisms, including gram positive microorganisms. Accordingly, the compounds of the subject invention can have broad antibacterial activity. Thus, compounds of the present invention can be useful antimicrobial agents and may be effective against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci, select gram negative microorganisms such as H. influenzae and M. catarrahlis, as well as anaerobic microorganisms such as bacteroides and Clostridia species, and acid-fast microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium.
[00283] The in vitro activity of compounds of the subject invention may be assessed by standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) by agar dilution as described in "Approved Standard. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically," 3rd ed., published 1993 by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory standards, Villanova, Pennsylvania, USA.
[00284] The in vitro MICs of test compounds may be determined by a standard agar dilution method. A stock drug solution of each analog is prepared in a preferred solvent, usually DMSOiH2O (1 :3). Serial 2-fold dilutions of each sample are made using 1.0 ml aliquots of sterile distilled water. To each 1.0 ml aliquot of drug is added 9 ml of molten Mueller Hinton agar medium. The drug-supplemented agar is mixed, poured into 15 X 100 mm petri dishes, and allowed to solidify and dry prior to inoculation. [00285] Vials of each of the test microorganisms are maintained frozen in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen freezer. Test cultures are grown overnight at 35°C on the medium appropriate for the microorganism. Colonies are harvested with a sterile swab, and cell suspensions are prepared in Trypticase Soy broth (TSB) to equal the turbidity of a 0.5 McFarland standard. A 1 :20 dilution of each suspension is made in TSB. The plates containing the drug supplemented agar are inoculated with a 0.001 ml drop of the cell suspension using a Steers replicator, yielding approximately 104 to 105 cells per spot. The plates are incubated overnight at 35°C.
[00286] Following incubation the Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC μg/ml), the lowest concentration of drug that inhibits visible growth of the microorganism, is read and recorded.
Administration and Pharmaceutical Formulations
[00287] In general, the compounds of the subject invention can be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities'. By way of example, the compounds of the subject invention may be administered orally, parenterally, transdermally, topically, rectally, or intranasally. The actual amount of the compound of the subject invention, i.e., the active ingredient, will depend on a number of factors, such as the severity of the disease, i.e., the infection, to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, and other factors, all of which are within the purview of the attending clinician.
[00288] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50 /ED50. Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
[00289] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range which includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. [00290] When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of the subject invention are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, parenteral, transdermal, topical, rectal, and intranasal.
[00291] These compounds are effective as both injectable and oral compositions. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
[00292] This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the subject invention above associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of this invention, the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders. [00293] In preparing a formulation, it may be necessary to mill the active compound to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it ordinarily is milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size is normally adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh.
[00294] Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
[00295] The quantity of active component, that is the compound according to the subject invention, in the pharmaceutical composition and unit dosage form thereof may be varied or adjusted widely depending upon the particular application, the potency of the particular compound and the desired concentration.
[00296] The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient. The term "unit dosage forms" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Preferably, the compound of the subject invention above is employed at no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition, more preferably no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being pharmaceutically inert carrier(s).
[00297] The active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically or therapeutically effective amount. It, will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the severity of the bacterial infection being treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like. [00298] In therapeutic use for treating, or combating, bacterial infections in warmblooded animals, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, topically, transdermally, and/or parenterally at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be antibacterially effective. Generally, such antibacterially or therapeutically effective amount of dosage of active component (i.e., an effective dosage) will be in the range of about 0.1 to about 100, more preferably about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
[00299] For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
[00300] The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer, which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
[00301] The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as corn oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
[00302] Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. Preferably the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure-breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner. [00303] The following formulation examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
Formulation Example 1
Hard gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are prepared:
Ingredient Amount (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 30.0 mg
Starch 305.0 mg
Magnesium stearate 5.0 mg
[00304] The above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 340 mg quantities.
Formulation Example 2
A tablet formula is prepared using the ingredients below: Ingredient Amount (mg/tablet)
Active Ingredient 25.0 mg
Cellulose, microcrystalline 200.0 mg
Colloidal silicon dioxide 10.0 mg
Stearic acid 5.0 mg
[00305] The components are blended and compressed to form tablets, each weighing 240 mg.
Formulation Example 3
A dry powder inhaler formulation is prepared containing the following components:
Ingredient Weight% Active Ingredient 5
Lactose 95
[00306] The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and the mixture is added to a dry powder inhaling appliance.
Formulation Example 4
Tablets, each containing 30 mg of active ingredient, are prepared as follows:
Ingredient Amount (mg/tablet)
Active Ingredient 30.0 mg
Starch cellulose 45.0 mg
Microcrystalline cellulose 35.0 mg
Polyvinylpyrrolidone (as 10% 4.0 mg solution in sterile water)
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00307] The active ingredient, starch and cellulose are passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly. The solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders, which are then passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The granules so produced are dried at 50° to 6O0C and passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc, previously passed through a No. 30 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 120 mg.
Formulation Example 5
Capsules, each containing 40 mg of medicament are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 40.0 mg
Starch 109.0 mg
Magnesium stearate 1.0 mg Total 150.0 mg
[00308] The active ingredient, starch and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 150 mg quantities.
Formulation Example 6
Suppositories, each containing 25 mg of active ingredient are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 25 mg
Lactose 2,000 mg
[00309] The active ingredient is passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve and suspended in the saturated fatty acid glycerides previously melted using the minimum heat necessary. The mixture is then poured into a suppository mold of nominal 2.0 g capacity and allowed to cool.
Formulation Example 7
Suspensions, each containing 50 mg of medicament per 5.0 mL dose are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 50.0 mg
Xanthan gum 4.0 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose 50.0 mg
(11%); Microcrystalline cellulose (89%)
Sucrose 1.75 mg
Sodium benzoate 10.0 mg
Flavor and Color q.v.
Purified water to 5.O mL
[00310] The active ingredient, sucrose and xanthan gum are blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of the microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose in water. The sodium benzoate, flavor, and color are diluted with some of the water and added with stirring. Sufficient water is then added to produce the required volume.
Formulation Example 8
Ingredient Quantity (per capsule)
Active Ingredient 15.0 mg
Starch 407.0 mg
Magnesium stearate 3.0 mg
Total 425.0 mg
[00311] The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 425.0 mg quantities.
Formulation Example 9
A subcutaneous formulation may be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity
Active Ingredient 5.0 mg
Corn Oil LO mL
Formulation Example 10
A topical formulation may be prepared as follows: Ingredient Quantity
Active Ingredient 1 - 10 g
Emulsifying Wax 30 g
Liquid Paraffin 20 g
White Soft Paraffin To 100 g
[00312] The white soft paraffin is heated until molten. The liquid paraffin and emulsifying wax are incorporated and stirred until dissolved. The active ingredient is added and stirring is continued until dispersed. The mixture is then cooled until solid. [00313] Another preferred formulation employed in the methods of the present invention employs transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,023,252, issued June 1 1, 1991, herein incorporated by reference. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. [00314] Frequently, it will be desirable or necessary to introduce the pharmaceutical composition to the brain, either directly or indirectly. Direct techniques usually involve placement of a drug delivery catheter into the host's ventricular system to bypass the blood-brain barrier. One such implantable delivery system used for the transport of biological factors to specific anatomical regions of the body is described in U.S. Patent 5,011,472 which is herein incorporated by reference.
[00315] Indirect techniques, which are generally preferred, usually involve formulating the compositions to provide for drug latentiation by the conversion of hydrophilic drugs into lipid-soluble drugs. Latentiation is generally achieved through blocking of the hydroxy, carbonyl, sulfate, and primary amine groups present on the drug to render the drug more lipid soluble and amenable to transportation across the blood-brain barrier. Alternatively, the delivery of hydrophilic drugs may be enhanced by intra-arterial infusion of hypertonic solutions that can transiently open the blood-brain barrier.
[00316] Other suitable formulations for use in the present invention can be found in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia, PA, 17th ed. (1985).
[00317] As noted above, the compounds described herein are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems described above. Additionally, in order to enhance the in vivo serum half-life of the administered compound, the compounds may be encapsulated, introduced into the lumen of liposomes, prepared as a colloid, or other conventional techniques may be employed which provide an extended serum half-life of the compounds. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028 each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[00318] As noted above, the compounds administered to a patient are in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration. The pH of the compound preparations typically will be between 3 and 11 , more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from 7 and 8. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts. [00319] Compounds of this invention can have useful activity against a variety of pathogenic microorganisms. The in vitro activity of compounds of this invention can be assessed by standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) by agar dilution as described in "Approved Standard. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria That Grow Aerobically", 3rd. ed., published 1993 by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, Villanova, Pennsylvania, USA. Minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) refers to the lowest concentration of drug (μg/mL) that inhibits visible growth of the organism. Lower MIC values indicate a higher antibacterial activity. Typically, the compounds of present invention have useful potency against Gram-positive or Gram-negative pathogens with MIC values of at least 16 μg/mL or less. The activity of compounds of present invention against a clinical isolate of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA; from the Massachusetts General Hospital, USA) is exemplified by the MIC data of Table 1.
Table 1
Antibacterial Activity (MIC μg/mL) and MAO A Inhibition (MAO-I)
Figure imgf000096_0001
[00320] Human monoamine oxidase (MOA) A type enzyme inhibition activity for select compounds was measured using a commercial MAO assay kit MAO-Glo™ from Promega Co. (USA). The assay was performed as described in the company's technical bulletin "MAO-Glo™ Assay". The protocol involves an incubation of the MAO A enzyme with a luminogenic MAO substrate to produce an enzymatic product which is converted to luciferin by a coupled reaction. The released luciferin undergoes further transformation to generate light that is detected and measured. The amount of the light is directly proportional to the activity of MAO. Percent inhibition at several concentrations is established relative to the uninhibited control rate, and the IC50 values are calculated. A low IC50 value indicates that the tested inhibitor possesses a strong affinity or binding to MAO enzyme, thus being a stronger inhibitor, as compared to the compound with a higher IC50 value. The MAO inhibition data for select compound of this invention are illustrated in the Table 1.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound according to formula I
Figure imgf000098_0001
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, solvate, or hydrate thereof wherein:
R1 is CH2NHC(=O)R8, CONHR8, CH2OH, CH2NHC(=S)R8, CH2NHC(=NCN)R8, CH2NH-HCt1,
Figure imgf000098_0002
CH2S-HCt1, CH2Het', CH2Het2, and wherein each R8 is independently H, NH2 (excluding embodiments for R1 = CH2OH), NHCi^alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-4alkenyl, C2-4alkynyl, Ci^heteroalkyl, Het1, Het2, (CH2)mC(=O)CMalkyl, OC1-4alkyl, SCMalkyl, (CH2)pC3.6cycloalkyl, (CH2)rC(=O)-aryl, or (CH2)SC(=O)-Het'; X is N or CH;
Y is C, CH, or N; Z is C=O or N;
R2 and R3 are independently H or F;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently H, F, Cl, CN, CH3, or OH;
R7 is aryl, biaryl, Het1, Het2, 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group; or R6 and R7 taken together are a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle; m, n, p, q, r and s are independently O, 1, or 2; and wherein dotted lines within the structure I indicate an optional double bond such that only a single double bond permitted at the group Y; with the proviso that when X is C; Z is CO; Y is N; R1 is CH2COR', wherein R' is selected from
H;
C,-12alkyl,
C1-12alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 Cl;
CH2OH;
CH2OC,-12alkyl;
C3-i2cycloalkyl; phenyl; phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 of groups OH, OMe, OEt, NO2, halo, COOH,
SO3H, or NR"R"\ wherein R" and R'" are selected from H or CM2alkyl; furanyl; tetrahydrofuranyl ;
2-thiophene; pyrrolidinyl; pyridinyl;
OC1-I2alkyl;
NH2;
NHCi.i2alkyl;
NHPh;
COPh; and
R2 is H, R3 is H, and R4 is H; then R7 is other than 3-pyridyl or 3-pyridyl substituted with H, CMalkyl, NO2, NH2, NHC(=O)CMalkyl, CN, COOH, OCMalkyl, halo, or N-oxides thereof.
2. The compound of Claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000099_0001
3. The compound of Claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000099_0002
4. The compound of Claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000099_0003
5. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XII:
Figure imgf000099_0004
6. The compound of Claim 5 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000100_0002
7. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XIII:
Figure imgf000100_0003
XIII , wherein A and B are independently N or C-R12, or C-R13; Het is Hetj or Het2; and R9, R10, R1 1, R12, R13 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH3, or OH.
8. The compound of Claim 7 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000101_0001
9. The compound of Claim 7 according to one of the following: HCI
Figure imgf000101_0002
10. The compound of Claim 7 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000101_0003
11. The compound of Claim 7 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000102_0001
12. The compound of Claim 7 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000102_0002
Figure imgf000102_0003
13. The compound of Claim 7 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000103_0001
14. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XIV:
Figure imgf000103_0002
15. The compound of Claim 14 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000103_0003
16. The compound of Claim 14 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000103_0004
17. The compound of Claim 14 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000104_0001
18. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XV:
Figure imgf000104_0002
19. The compound of Claim 18 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000104_0003
20. The compound of Claim 18 according to one of the following: tert-butyl 4-((lS,9aS)-l-(acetamidomethyl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a-tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4- a]indol-7-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate;
N-((( 1 S,9aS)-7-( 1 -(2-acetoxyacetyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3 -oxo- 1 ,3 ,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide;
N-(((lS,9aS)-7-(l-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-3-oxo-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide.
21. The compound of Claim 18 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000105_0001
22. The compound of Claim 18 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000105_0002
23. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XVI:
Figure imgf000105_0003
24. The compound of Claim 23 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000105_0004
25. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XVII:
Figure imgf000106_0001
XVII
26. The compound of Claim 25 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000106_0002
27. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XVIII:
Figure imgf000106_0003
XVIII .
28. The compound of Claim 27 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000106_0004
29. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XIX:
Figure imgf000106_0005
XIX , wherein W is N-R8, N-Het1, N-Het2, N-C(=0)-R8, O, S(=O), or SO2.
30. The compound of Claim 29 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000107_0001
31. The compound of Claim 29 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000107_0002
32. The compound of Claim 1 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000107_0003
N ) ? V-N I O2S Λ // Λ V-N Ko I
Figure imgf000107_0004
Figure imgf000107_0005
33. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XX:
Figure imgf000107_0006
XX , wherein A and B are independently N, CH, N-R8, C-R8, or CH-R8; W is CH2, CF2, or O, and wherein bonds with a dotted line are independently either single or double bonds.
34. The compound of Claim 33 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000108_0001
35. The compound of Claim 33 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000108_0002
36. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XXI:
Figure imgf000108_0003
XXI , wherein W is CH2, CF2, or O, and wherein t is 1 or O.
37. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000108_0004
38. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000109_0001
39. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000109_0002
40. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000109_0003
41. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000109_0004
42. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000110_0001
43. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000110_0002
44. The compound of Claim 36 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000110_0003
45. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XXII:
Figure imgf000110_0004
XXII , wherein A is N or C-R12; W is is H, O, S(O)n, or N; and B, R9, R10, R1 ', and R12 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH3, or OH.
46. The compound of Claim 45 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000111_0001
47. The compound of Claim 45 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000111_0002
48. The compound of Claim 45 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000112_0001
49. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XXIII:
Figure imgf000112_0002
XXIII , wherein R13 and R14 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CMalkyl, OCi-4alkyl, or OH; or wherein R13 and R14 taken together are =0, =S, =N-0H, =N-OCi-4alkyl, or =N-CN.
50. The compound of Claim 49 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000112_0003
51. The compound of Claim 49 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000112_0004
52. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XXIV:
Figure imgf000112_0005
XXIV , wherein a dotted line is either a single bond or a double bond.
-I l l-
53. The compound of Claim 52 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000113_0001
54. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XXV:
Figure imgf000113_0002
XXV , wherein and R9, R10, R11, and R12 are independently H, halo, F, CN, CH3, or OH.
55. The compound of Claim 54 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000113_0003
56. The compound of Claim 1 according to formula XXVI:
Figure imgf000113_0004
wherein A, B, and W are independently N, C-R16, and wherein R16 is H, halo, F, CN, CMalkyl, OCMalkyl, or OH.
57. The compound of Claim 56 according to one of the following: N-(((l S,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(7H)-yl)- 1 ,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol-l-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-(((lS,9aS)-3-oxo-7-(6H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yl)-l,3,9,9a- tetrahydrooxazolo[3,4-a]indol- 1 -yl)methyl)acetamide.
58. The compound of Claim 56 according to one of the following:
Figure imgf000114_0001
59. A method for the treatment of a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
60. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the compound is administered to the mammal orally, parenterally, transdermally, topically, rectally, or intranasally in a pharmaceutical composition.
61. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the compound is administered in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight/day.
62. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the compound is administered in an amount of from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
63. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the infection is a skin infection.
64. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the infection is a soft tissue infection.
65. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the infection is an eye infection.
66. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, or diluent.
67. The compound of Claim 1 with a reduced monoamine oxidase inhibition over the antibacterial oxazolidinone therapy standard linezolid.
68. The compound of Claim 1 wherein R1 is CN.
69. A method of synthesis of a compound of formula XXVIII comprising: reacting a compound of formula XXVII with a reducing agent to yield a compound of formula XXVIII:
Figure imgf000115_0001
XXVII XXVIII ; wherein R4, R5, and R6 are defined as per Claim 1; R15 is OH, N(Me)OMe,
OCi-4alkyl, 3 to 6-membered N-heterocycle, or OAr; AIk is Ci^alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, CH2Ar; and R16 is H, halo, NH2, NO2, R7, Het1, or Het2.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the compound of formula XXVII is in enantiomeric excess > 85%.
71. The method of claim 69, wherein the reducing agent is LiAlH4 or diisobutylaluminum hydride.
72. The method of claim 69, wherein the yield of the compound of formula XXVIII is at least 50%.
73. A method of synthesis of a compound of formula XXIX comprising: reacting a compound of formula XXVIII with trialkylsilylcyanide to form the compound of formula XXIX:
Figure imgf000115_0002
XXVIII XXIX , wherein R17 is H, AIk3Si, tert-Bu(Me)2Si, or Ar2Si(Me).
74. The method of claim 73, wherein the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of LiF.
75. The method of claim 73, wherein the reaction of the compound of formula XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of HCN.
76. The method of claim 73 , wherein the reaction of the compound of formula
XXVIII in tralkylsilylcyanide is in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst.
77. The method of claim 73, wherein the silicon group on the compound of formula XXIX is optionally removed with an acid or alike reagent.
78. The method of claim 73, wherein the yield of the compound of formula
XXIX is at least 35%.
79. The method of claim 73, wherein the compound of formula XXIX has an optical purity of at least 80%.
80. A method of synthesis of a compound of formula XXX comprising: N- deprotecting a compound of formula XXIX, followed by cyclizing the product:
Figure imgf000116_0001
XXIX XXX .
81. The method of claim 80, wherein the compound of formula XXIX is optically active.
82. The method of claim 80, wherein the cyclization uses phosgene.
83. The method of claim 80, wherein the yield of the compound of formula XXX is at least 50%.
84. The method of synthesis of any one of Claims 69-83, wherein R4 = R5 = R6 = R16 = H; R15 is N(Me)OMe; and AIk is CH2Ph.
85. The method of synthesis of Claim 76, wherein the Lewis acid catalyst is selected from an optically active magnesium (II), aluminum (III), boron (III), lanthanide (III), tin (II), titanium (IV), vanadium (IV), yttrium (IV), or zirconium (IV) complex.
86. The method of synthesis of any one of Claims 69-83, wherein the compounds of formulas XXVII-XXX have an absolute configuration and an optical purity of at least 80%.
PCT/US2008/002712 2007-03-02 2008-02-29 Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections WO2008108988A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP08726283A EP2134721A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-02-29 Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
CA002679657A CA2679657A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-02-29 Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
JP2009551742A JP2010520205A (en) 2007-03-02 2008-02-29 Antibacterial heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of bacterial infections
CN200880014423A CN101679454A (en) 2007-03-02 2008-02-29 Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US90468607P 2007-03-02 2007-03-02
US60/904,686 2007-03-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008108988A1 true WO2008108988A1 (en) 2008-09-12

Family

ID=39591386

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/002712 WO2008108988A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-02-29 Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20120157434A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2134721A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2010520205A (en)
CN (1) CN101679454A (en)
CA (1) CA2679657A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2008108988A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010047737A2 (en) 2008-09-02 2010-04-29 Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antimicrobial indoline compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
WO2012033952A1 (en) 2010-09-10 2012-03-15 Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3 - phenyl- 2 -oxo- 1, 3 -oxazolidines for treatment of bacterial infections
JP2013526589A (en) * 2010-05-24 2013-06-24 中国科学院上海薬物研究所 Novel benzoxazine oxazolidinone compounds, their preparation and use
WO2017172368A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Oncternal Therapeutics, Inc. Indoline analogs and uses thereof
CN110669021A (en) * 2019-10-30 2020-01-10 淮北师范大学 Synthesis method of 3-aryl-4, 5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl methyl sulfonate and analogue

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2900838T3 (en) 2014-02-21 2022-03-18 Shanghai Micurx Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Water Soluble O-Carbonyl Phosphoramidate Prodrugs for Therapeutic Administration
CN106608884A (en) * 2015-10-27 2017-05-03 博瑞生物医药（苏州）股份有限公司 Tedizolid system intermediate crystal form
US10995097B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2021-05-04 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Small molecules active against gram-negative bacteria
US11274106B2 (en) 2017-06-23 2022-03-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Topoisomerase inhibitors with antibacterial and anticancer activity

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0322263A2 (en) * 1987-12-21 1989-06-28 Synthelabo Tricyclic carbamates, process for their preparation and their therapeutical use
WO1991007409A1 (en) * 1989-11-17 1991-05-30 The Upjohn Company Tricyclic [6,5,5]/[6,6,5]-fused oxazolidinone antibacterial agents

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006018682A2 (en) * 2004-08-11 2006-02-23 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Oxazolidinone derivatives as antimicrobials

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0322263A2 (en) * 1987-12-21 1989-06-28 Synthelabo Tricyclic carbamates, process for their preparation and their therapeutical use
WO1991007409A1 (en) * 1989-11-17 1991-05-30 The Upjohn Company Tricyclic [6,5,5]/[6,6,5]-fused oxazolidinone antibacterial agents

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
GLEAVE D M ET AL: "Synthesis and antibacterial activity of [6,5,5] and [6,6,5] tricyclic fused oxazolidinones", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 8, no. 10, 19 May 1998 (1998-05-19), pages 1231 - 1236, XP004137053, ISSN: 0960-894X *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010047737A2 (en) 2008-09-02 2010-04-29 Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antimicrobial indoline compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
WO2010047737A3 (en) * 2008-09-02 2010-06-17 Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antimicrobial indoline compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
JP2013526589A (en) * 2010-05-24 2013-06-24 中国科学院上海薬物研究所 Novel benzoxazine oxazolidinone compounds, their preparation and use
WO2012033952A1 (en) 2010-09-10 2012-03-15 Micurx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3 - phenyl- 2 -oxo- 1, 3 -oxazolidines for treatment of bacterial infections
WO2017172368A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Oncternal Therapeutics, Inc. Indoline analogs and uses thereof
EP3795563A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2021-03-24 Oncternal Therapeutics, Inc. Indoline analogs and uses thereof
CN110669021A (en) * 2019-10-30 2020-01-10 淮北师范大学 Synthesis method of 3-aryl-4, 5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl methyl sulfonate and analogue
CN110669021B (en) * 2019-10-30 2021-04-27 淮北师范大学 Synthesis method of 3-aryl-4, 5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl methyl sulfonate and analogue

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20120157434A1 (en) 2012-06-21
JP2010520205A (en) 2010-06-10
CN101679454A (en) 2010-03-24
CA2679657A1 (en) 2008-09-12
EP2134721A1 (en) 2009-12-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2695616C (en) Antimicrobial ortho-fluorophenyl oxazolidinones for treatment of bacterial infections
AU2016279388B2 (en) NRF2 regulators
WO2008108988A1 (en) Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
CA3165148A1 (en) Pyrazolyl derivatives useful as anti-cancer agents
AU2009305203B2 (en) Fused, spirocyclic heteroaromatic compounds for the treatment of bacterial infections
EP3080121B1 (en) Fused tricyclic benzimidazoles derivatives as modulators of tnf activity
EP2711368B1 (en) Benzoxazepin PI3K inhibitor compounds and methods of use
BR112016011851B1 (en) Fused Imidazole and Pyrazole Derivatives as Modulators of TNF Activity
WO2010047737A2 (en) Antimicrobial indoline compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
EP2512246A1 (en) Aminopyrimidines as syk inhibitors
WO2007093904A1 (en) Benzoxazinone and benzoxazepinone oxazolidinones as antibacterial agents
KR20140117651A (en) Isoquinoline and naphthyridine derivatives
US20100261719A1 (en) Chemical compounds
EP1646629B1 (en) Cyclopropyl group substituted oxazolidinone antibiotics and derivatives thereof
US20120065170A1 (en) Antimicrobial Cyclocarbonyl Heterocyclic Compounds For Treatment Of Bacterial Infections
JP2006508192A (en) Oxazolidinone and / or isoxazoline derivatives as antibacterial agents
US20040127530A1 (en) Antimibicrobial [3.1.0.] bicyclic oxazolidinone derivatives
US20240025906A1 (en) Kinase modulators and methods of use thereof
US20240174683A1 (en) Map4k1 inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200880014423.1

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08726283

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2679657

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009551742

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008726283

Country of ref document: EP